cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8pxb5w/sts amar mba 92.07 (1).pdf · class intervals and...

574
حتمالر و ا مآ احتمالر و ا مآ اسی ارشد کارشناسی ارشد کارشناMBA MBA تهراننشگاهیریت داانشکده مد د تهراننشگاهیریت داانشکده مد د مدرس مدرس: : اد ز دکـتر عمو اد ز دکـتر عمو

Upload: truongcong

Post on 09-Jul-2018

267 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

مار و احتمالمار و احتمالا ا

کارشناسی ارشدکارشناسی ارشد

MBAMBA دانشکده مدیریت دانشگاه تهراندانشکده مدیریت دانشگاه تهران

دکـتر عموزاددکـتر عموزاد: : مدرسمدرس

Page 2: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

چارچوب و طبقه بندی کلی

مار و احتمال ا

مار )بررسی نمیشود(احتما.ت مار )بررسی نمیشود(احتما.ت ا ا

مار استنباطی تخمین / نمونه گیری (ا

زمون )و ا

مار ناپارامتریکمار پارامتریک ا

ا

مار توصیفی بررسی / سرشماری (ا

بررسی نمیشود - )جوامع

Page 3: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

سرفصل های پیشنهادی درس

ردي

ف

توضيحاتتعداد جلساتموضوع

*1گيری-نمونه ھای- روش و آمار معرفی و مبانی1

*1 مرکزی حد قضيه – مطلوب آماره و پارامتر و آماره2

*3)موفقيت نسبت – واريانس – زوج – ميانگين( ای-فاصله تخمين3

*1نمونه اندازه محاسبه4

*3آن انواع و آماری فرض آزمون5

*1دو خی توزيع کاربردھای6

*1ھمبستگی و رگرسيون7

*SPSS1 افزار-نرم8

Page 4: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

منابع پیشنهادی درس

انتشارات –مومنی منصور آذر، عادل –مديريت در آن کاربرد و آمار -1

.سمت

مرکز – اصل وحيدی قاسم محمد عميدی، علی –فروند جان –رياضی آمار -2

.دانشگاھی نشر

–قيومی فعال علی مومنی، منصور – افزار نرم از استفاده با آماری تحليل -3

.نو کتاب نشر

Page 5: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

منابع پیشنهادی درس

Page 6: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

فصل اولفصل اول

مفاهیم اولیهمفاهیم اولیه

Page 7: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Key Definitions

� A population is the collection of all items or

things under consideration –people or objects

� A sample is a portion of the population

selected for analysisselected for analysis

� A parameter is a summary measure that

describes a characteristic of the population

� A statistic is a summary measure computed

from a sample

Page 8: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Population vs. Sample

a b c d

Population Sample

b c

ef gh i jk l m n

o p q rs t u v w

x y z

g i n

o r u

y

Measures used to describe the population are called parameters

Measures computed from sample data are called statistics

Page 9: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Key Definitions

� A survey is the gathering of data about a

particular group of people or items

� A census is a survey of the entire population

� A sample is a survey of a portion of the

population

Page 10: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Two Branches of Statistics

� Descriptive statistics

� Collecting, summarizing, and describing data

� Inferential statistics� Inferential statistics

� Drawing conclusions and/or making decisions

concerning a population based only on sample

data

Page 11: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Descriptive Statistics

� Collect data

� e.g. Survey

Present data� Present data

� e.g. Tables and graphs

� Characterize data

� e.g. Sample mean = iX

n

Page 12: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Inferential Statistics

� Estimation

� e.g.: Estimate the population

mean weight using the sample

mean weight

� Hypothesis testing

� e.g.: Test the claim that the

population mean weight is over

120 pounds

Drawing conclusions and/or making decisions concerning a population based on sample results.

Page 13: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Data Sources

SecondaryData Compilation

Print or Electronic

PrimaryData Collection

Observation

Experimentation

Print or Electronic

Survey

Page 14: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Types of Data

Data

Categorical(Qualitative)

Numerical(Quantitative) (Qualitative) (Quantitative)

Discrete Continuous

Examples:

� Marital Status

� Political Party� Eye Color

(Defined categories)Examples:

� Number of Children

� Defects per hour

(Counted items)

Examples:

� Weight

� Voltage

(Measured characteristics)

Page 15: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Levels of Measurementand Measurement Scales

Interval Data

Highest Level

Strongest forms of measurementDifferences between

measurements but no

Ratio DataDifferences between measurements, true zero exists

Interval Data

Ordinal Data

Nominal Data

Higher Level

Lowest Level

Weakest form of measurement

Categories (no ordering or direction)

Ordered Categories (rankings, order, or scaling)

measurements but no true zero

Page 16: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Tables and Charts forNumerical Data

Numerical Data

Statistics for Managers Using Microsoft Excel, 4e © 2004 Prentice-Hall, Inc. Chap 2-16

Ordered Array

Stem and Leaf

DisplayHistogram Polygon Ogive

Frequency Distributions and

Cumulative Distributions

Page 17: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� Data in raw form (as collected):

24, 26, 24, 21, 27, 27, 30, 41, 32, 38

(continued)

The Ordered Array

Statistics for Managers Using Microsoft Excel, 4e © 2004 Prentice-Hall, Inc. Chap 2-17

� Data in ordered array from smallest to largest:

21, 24, 24, 26, 27, 27, 30, 32, 38, 41

Page 18: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example

� Completed Stem-and-leaf diagram:

(continued)

Data in ordered array:21, 24, 24, 26, 27, 27, 30, 32, 38, 41

Statistics for Managers Using Microsoft Excel, 4e © 2004 Prentice-Hall, Inc. Chap 2-18

� Completed Stem-and-leaf diagram:

Stem Leaves

2 1 4 4 6 7 7

3 0 2 8

4 1

Page 19: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Class Intervals and Class Boundaries

� If each class grouping has the same width

� Determine the width of each interval by

range≅intervalofWidth

Statistics for Managers Using Microsoft Excel, 4e © 2004 Prentice-Hall, Inc. Chap 2-19

� Use at least 5 but no more than 15 groupings

� Class boundaries never overlap

� Round up the interval width to get desirable endpoints

groupingsclassdesiredofnumber≅intervalofWidth

Page 20: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Approximate Number of Classes

Observations Classes

Less than 50 3-6

50-200 6-9

Statistics for Managers Using Microsoft Excel, 4e © 2004 Prentice-Hall, Inc. Chap 2-20

� Excel uses the square root of n.

50-200 6-9

200-1000 8-12

More than 1000 10-15

Page 21: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Graphing Numerical Data: The Histogram

� A graph of the data in a frequency distribution

is called a histogram

� The class boundaries (or class midpoints)

Statistics for Managers Using Microsoft Excel, 4e © 2004 Prentice-Hall, Inc. Chap 2-21

are shown on the horizontal axis

� frequency is measured on the vertical axis

� Bars of the appropriate heights can be used to

represent the number of observations within

each class

Page 22: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Histogram : Daily High Tem perature

67

Histogram Example

Class

10 but less than 20 15 3

20 but less than 30 25 6

30 but less than 40 35 5

40 but less than 50 45 4

FrequencyClass

Midpoint

Statistics for Managers Using Microsoft Excel, 4e © 2004 Prentice-Hall, Inc. Chap 2-22

0

3

6

5

4

2

00

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

5 15 25 35 45 55 More

Fre

qu

en

cy

Class Midpoints

(No gaps between

bars)

50 but less than 60 55 2

Page 23: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Frequency Polygon: Daily High Temperature

7

Graphing Numerical Data: The Frequency Polygon

Class

1 but less than 10 5 0

10 but less than 20 15 3

20 but less than 30 25 6

30 but less than 40 35 5

FrequencyClass

Midpoint

Statistics for Managers Using Microsoft Excel, 4e © 2004 Prentice-Hall, Inc. Chap 2-23

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

5 15 25 35 45 55 More

Fre

qu

en

cy

Class Midpoints

40 but less than 50 45 4

50 but less than 60 55 2

More than 60 65 0

(In a percentage polygon the vertical axis would be defined to show the percentage of observations per class)

Page 24: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Graphing Cumulative Frequencies: The Ogive (Cumulative % Polygon)

Ogive: Daily High Temperature

100

Class

less than 10 10 0

less than 20 20 15

less than 30 30 45

less than 40 40 70

Cumulative Percentage

Lower class

boundary

Statistics for Managers Using Microsoft Excel, 4e © 2004 Prentice-Hall, Inc. Chap 2-24

0

20

40

60

80

100

10 20 30 40 50 60

Cu

mu

lati

ve

Pe

rce

nta

ge

Class Boundaries (Not Midpoints)

less than 50 50 90

less than 60 60 100

Page 25: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Scatter Diagram Example

Cost per Day vs. Production Volume

200

250C

os

t p

er

Da

y

Volume per day

Cost per day

23 125

26 140

Statistics for Managers Using Microsoft Excel, 4e © 2004 Prentice-Hall, Inc. Chap 2-25

0

50

100

150

200

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

Volume per Day

Co

st

pe

r D

ay

29 146

33 160

38 167

42 170

50 188

55 195

60 200

Page 26: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Tables and Charts for Categorical Data: Univariate Data

Categorical Data

Statistics for Managers Using Microsoft Excel, 4e © 2004 Prentice-Hall, Inc. Chap 2-26

Graphing Data

Pie Charts

Pareto Diagram

Bar Charts

Tabulating Data

Summary Table

Page 27: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Bar Chart Example

Investor's Portfolio

Investment Amount PercentageType (in thousands $) (%)

Stocks 46.5 42.27

Bonds 32.0 29.09

Current Investment Portfolio

Statistics for Managers Using Microsoft Excel, 4e © 2004 Prentice-Hall, Inc. Chap 2-27

Investor's Portfolio

0 10 20 30 40 50

Stocks

Bonds

CD

Savings

Amount in $1000's

CD 15.5 14.09

Savings 16.0 14.55

Total 110.0 100.0

Page 28: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Pie Chart Example

Current Investment Portfolio

Savings

Investment Amount PercentageType (in thousands $) (%)

Stocks 46.5 42.27

Bonds 32.0 29.09

CD 15.5 14.09

Statistics for Managers Using Microsoft Excel, 4e © 2004 Prentice-Hall, Inc. Chap 2-28

Percentages are rounded to the nearest percent

15%

CD 14%

Bonds 29%

Stocks

42%

CD 15.5 14.09

Savings 16.0 14.55

Total 110.0 100.0

Page 29: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Pareto Diagram Examplecu

mu

lativ

e %

investe

d in

veste

d i

n e

ach

cate

go

ry

35%

40%

45%

70%

80%

90%

100%

Current Investment Portfolio

Statistics for Managers Using Microsoft Excel, 4e © 2004 Prentice-Hall, Inc. Chap 2-29

cu

mu

lativ

e %

investe

d

(line g

rap

h)

% i

nveste

d i

n e

ach

cate

go

ry

(bar

gra

ph

)

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

Stocks Bonds Savings CD

0%

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

Page 30: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

فصل دوم

شاخص های اولیه

Page 31: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Summary Measures

Arithmetic Mean

Describing Data Numerically

Range Skewness

Central Tendency Variation ShapeQuartiles

Arithmetic Mean

Median

Mode Variance

Standard Deviation

Coefficient of Variation

Range

Interquartile Range

Geometric Mean

Skewness

Page 32: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Measures of Central Tendency

Central Tendency

Arithmetic Mean Median Mode Geometric Mean

Overview

Arithmetic Mean Median Mode Geometric Mean

n

X

X

n

ii∑

== 1

n/1n21G )XXX(X ×××= L

Midpoint of ranked values

Most frequently observed value

Page 33: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

(Arithmetic Mean)

n/1n21G )XXX(X ×××= L

Sample size

n

XXX

n

X

X n21

n

1ii +++

==∑

= L

Observed values

Page 34: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Arithmetic Mean

(continued)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Mean = 3

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Mean = 4

35

15

5

54321==

++++4

5

20

5

104321==

++++

Page 35: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

(Median)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Median = 3 Median = 3

Page 36: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

(Mode)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Mode = 9

0 1 2 3 4 5 6

No ModeMode = 9

No Mode

Page 37: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Review Example

$ 2 ,0 0 0 K

House Prices:

$2,000,000$ 5 0 0 K

$ 3 0 0 K

$ 1 0 0 K

$ 1 0 0 K

$2,000,000500,000300,000100,000100,000

Page 38: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

(Quartiles)

25% 25% 25% 25%

� The first quartile, Q1, is the value for which 25% of the observations are smaller and 75% are larger

� Q2 is the same as the median (50% are smaller, 50% are larger)

� Only 25% of the observations are greater than the third quartile

Q1 Q2 Q3

Page 39: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Quartile Formulas

First quartile position: Q1 = (n+1)/4

Second quartile position: Q2 = (n+1)/2 (the median position)Second quartile position: Q2 = (n+1)/2 (the median position)

Third quartile position: Q3 = 3(n+1)/4

where n is the number of observed values

Page 40: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

(Measures of Variation)

ความผนแปร

Variance Standard

Deviation

Coefficient of

Variation

Range Interquartile

Range

Same center,

different variation

Deviation VariationRange

Page 41: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

(Range)

Range = Xlargest – Xsmallest

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Range = 14 - 1 = 13

Page 42: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

7 8 9 10 11 12

Range = 12 - 7 = 5

7 8 9 10 11 12

Range = 12 - 7 = 5

Disadvantages of the Range

1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,4,5

1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,4,120

Range = 5 - 1 = 4

Range = 120 - 1 = 119

Page 43: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Interquartile Range

� Interquartile range = 3rd quartile – 1st quartile

= Q3 – Q1

Page 44: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Interquartile Range

Median(Q2)

XmaximumX

minimum Q1 Q3

Example:

25% 25% 25% 25%25% 25% 25% 25%

12 30 45 57 70

Interquartile range = 57 – 30 = 27

Page 45: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� Sample variance:

(Variance)

)X(Xn

2∑ −

1-n

)X(X

S 1i

2i

2∑

=

=

Where = arithmetic mean

n = sample size

Xi = ith value of the variable X

X

Page 46: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

(Standard Deviation)

� Sample standard deviation:

1-n

)X(X

S

n

1i

2i∑

=

=

Page 47: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Calculation Example:

Sample Standard Deviation

Sample Data (Xi) : 10 12 14 15 17 18 18 24

n = 8 Mean = X = 16

)X(2 4)X(1 4)X(1 2)X(1 0 2222 −++−+−+− L

4 .2 4 2 67

1 2 6

18

1 6 )(2 41 6 )(1 41 6 )(1 21 6 )(1 0

1n

)X(2 4)X(1 4)X(1 2)X(1 0S

2222

2222

==

−++−+−+−=

−++−+−+−=

L

L

Page 48: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Measuring variation

Small standard deviation

Large standard deviation

Page 49: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Comparing Standard Deviations

Mean = 15.5

S = 3.33811 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Data B

Data A

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Data BMean = 15.5

S = .9258

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

Mean = 15.5

S = 4.57

Data C

Page 50: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

(Coefficient of Variation, CoV)

1 0 0 %X

SC V ⋅

=

Page 51: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Comparing Coefficients

of Variation

� Stock A:

� Average price last year = $50

� Standard deviation = $5

1 0 %1 0 0 %$ 5

1 0 0 %S

C V =⋅=⋅

=

� Stock B:

� Average price last year = $100

� Standard deviation = $5

Both stocks have the same standard deviation, but stock B is less variable relative to its price

1 0 %1 0 0 %$ 5 0

1 0 0 %X

C V A =⋅=⋅

=

5 %1 0 0 %$ 1 0 0

$ 51 0 0 %

X

SC VB =⋅=⋅

=

Page 52: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

(Shape of a Distribution)

� (skewed)

Mean = MedianMean < Median Median < Mean

Right-SkewedLeft-Skewed Symmetric

Page 53: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Population Summary Measures

XN

∑N

XXX

N

XN211i

i +++==µ

∑= L

µ = population mean

N = population size

Xi = ith value of the variable X

Where

Page 54: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� squared deviations of values from the mean

� Population variance:

Population Variance

µ)(XN

2i∑ −

Nσ 1i

i2∑

==

Where µ = population mean

N = population size

Xi = ith value of the variable X

Page 55: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Population Standard Deviation

� Population standard deviation:

N

µ)(X

σ

N

1i

2i∑

=

=

Page 56: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Empirical Rule

1σµ ±

µ

68%

1σµ ±

Page 57: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� contains about 95% of the values in

the population or the sample

� contains about 99.7% of the values in the population or the sample

The Empirical Rule

2σµ ±

3σµ ±in the population or the sample

3σµ±

99.7%95%

2σµ±

Page 58: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Distribution Shape and Box and Whisker Plot

Right-SkewedLeft-Skewed Symmetric

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q1 Q2 Q3

Page 59: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Coefficient of Correlation

� Measures the relative strength of the linear relationship between two variables

� Sample coefficient of correlation:� Sample coefficient of correlation:

∑∑

==

=

−−

−−

=n

i

i

n

i

i

n

i

ii

YYXX

YYXX

r

1

2

1

2

1

)()(

))((

Page 60: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Features of Correlation Coefficient, r

� Unit free

� Ranges between –1 and 1

� The closer to –1, the stronger the negative linear

relationshiprelationship

� The closer to 1, the stronger the positive linear

relationship

� The closer to 0, the weaker any linear relationship

Page 61: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Scatter Plots of Data with Various Correlation Coefficients

Y

X

Y

X

Y

XX X X

Y

X

Y

X

r = -1 r = -.6 r = 0

r = +.3r = +1

Y

Xr = 0

Page 62: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

فصل سوم

ماری معرفی برخی توزیع های ا

Page 63: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Probability Distributions

ContinuousProbability

Probability Distributions

DiscreteProbability Probability

Distributions

Binomial

Hypergeometric

Poisson

Probability Distributions

Normal

Uniform

Exponential

Page 64: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Normal Distribution

Probability Distributions

ContinuousProbability

Normal

Uniform

Exponential

Probability Distributions

Page 65: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Normal Distribution

� ‘Bell Shaped’

� Symmetrical

� Mean, Median and Modeare Equal

Location is determined by the

f(X)

σLocation is determined by the mean, µ

Spread is determined by the standard deviation, σ

The random variable has an infinite theoretical range: + ∞∞∞∞ to −−−− ∞∞∞∞

Mean = Median = Mode

σ

Page 66: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Many Normal Distributions

By varying the parameters µ and σ, we obtain different normal distributions

Page 67: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Normal Distribution Shape

f(X) Changing µ shifts the distribution left or right.

σ

Changing σ increases or decreases the spread.

Page 68: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Normal Probability Density Function

� The formula for the normal probability density function is

2µ)/σ](1/2)[(Xe1

f(X) −−=

Where e = the mathematical constant approximated by 2.71828

π = the mathematical constant approximated by 3.14159

µ = the population mean

σ = the population standard deviation

X = any value of the continuous variable

µ)/σ](1/2)[(Xe2π

1f(X) −−

σ=

Page 69: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Standardized Normal

� Any normal distribution (with any mean and standard deviation combination) can be transformed into the standardized normaldistribution (Z)distribution (Z)

� Need to transform X units into Z units

Page 70: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Translation to the Standardized Normal Distribution

� Translate from X to the standardized normal (the “Z” distribution) by subtracting the meanof X and dividing by its standard deviation:

σ

µXZ

−=

Z always has mean = 0 and standard deviation = 1

Page 71: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Standardized Normal Probability Density Function

� The formula for the standardized normal probability density function is

2(1/2)Ze1

f(Z) −=

Where e = the mathematical constant approximated by 2.71828

π = the mathematical constant approximated by 3.14159

Z = any value of the standardized normal distribution

(1/2)Ze2π

1f(Z) −=

Page 72: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Mathematical Model

( )( )

( )

21

2

2

1

2

: density of random variable

X

f X e

f X X

µσ

πσ

2− −

=

( )

( )

: density of random variable

3.14159; 2.71828

: population mean

: population standard deviation

: value of random variable

f X X

e

X X

π

µ

σ

= =

−∞ < < ∞

Page 73: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Expectation

( )µµ σµ

σµ

σπ

+−−=

=

∫∞

−−

∞−

−−

)(

)(

22

22

2/)(

2/)(

2

1

xdex

dxxeXE

x

x

( )

µ

µ

µµ

σµ

σπ

σµ

σπ

+=

+−−=

∫∞

∞−

−−

∞−

−−

0

)(

22

22

2/)(

2

1

2/)(

2

1

dxe

xdex

x

x

Page 74: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Variance

( ) ( )µ σ

µ

σ

µ

σπσ

µ

)(2/)(2

2

122

=− ∫∞

∞−

−−−−

deXExx

x

( ) ( )

π

µ

π

σ

π

σ

σσσπ

2

)(

2

2/2

2

2

2

22

=

=

=−

∫∞

∞−

∞−

dyey

deXE

y

Page 75: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The StandardizedNormal Distribution

� Also known as the “Z” distribution

� Mean is 0

� Standard Deviation is 1

f(Z)

Z

f(Z)

0

1

Values above the mean have positive Z-values,values below the mean have negative Z-values

Page 76: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example

� If X is distributed normally with mean of 100and standard deviation of 50, the Z value for X = 200 is

1 0 02 0 0µX −−

� This says that X = 200 is two standard deviations (2 increments of 50 units) above the mean of 100.

2 .05 0

1 0 02 0 0

σ

µXZ =

−=

−=

Page 77: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Comparing X and Z units

Z

100

2.00

200 X

Note that the distribution is the same, only the scale has changed. We can express the problem in original units (X) or in standardized units (Z)

(µ = 100, σ = 50)

(µ = 0, σ = 1)

Page 78: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Finding Normal Probabilities

Probability is the area under thecurve!

f(X) P a X b( )≤

Probability is measured by the area under the curve

a b X

f(X) P a X b( )≤≤

P a X b( )<<=

(Note that the probability of any individual value is zero)

Page 79: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

f(X)

Probability as Area Under the Curve

The total area under the curve is 1.0, and the curve is symmetric, so half is above the mean, half is below

0 .5)XP (µ =∞<<0 .5µ )XP ( =<<− ∞

0.50.5

1 .0)XP ( =∞<<− ∞

0 .5)XP (µ =∞<<

Page 80: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Empirical Rules

f(X)

What can we say about the distribution of values around the mean? There are some general rules:

µ ± 1σ encloses about

68% of X’s

Xµ µ+1σµ-1σ

σσ

68.26%

Page 81: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Empirical Rule

� µ ± 2σ covers about 95% of X’s

� µ ± 3σ covers about 99.7% of X’s

(continued)

2σ 2σ

3σ 3σ

95.44% 99.72%

Page 82: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Standardized Normal Table

� The Standardized Normal table in the textbook (Appendix table E.2) gives the probability less than a desired value for Z (i.e., from negative infinity to Z)(i.e., from negative infinity to Z)

Z0 2.00

.9772Example:

P(Z < 2.00) = .9772

Page 83: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Standardized Normal Table

The column gives the value of Z to the second decimal point

(continued)

Z 0.00 0.01 0.02 …

The value within the table gives the probability from Z = −−−− ∞∞∞∞up to the desired Z value

.9772

2.0P(Z < 2.00) = .9772

The row shows the value of Z to the first decimal point

2.0

.

.

.

0.0

0.1

Page 84: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

General Procedure for Finding Probabilities

� Draw the normal curve for the problem in

To find P(a < X < b) when X is distributed normally:

� Draw the normal curve for the problem in

terms of X

� Translate X-values to Z-values

� Use the Standardized Normal Table

Page 85: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Finding Normal Probabilities

� Suppose X is normal with mean 8.0 and standard deviation 5.0

� Find P(X < 8.6)

X

8.6

8.0

Page 86: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� Suppose X is normal with mean 8.0 and standard deviation 5.0. Find P(X < 8.6)

(continued)

Finding Normal Probabilities

0 .1 25 .0

8 .08 .6

σ

µXZ =

−=

−=

Z0.120X8.68

µ = 8

σ = 10

µ = 0

σ = 1

P(X < 8.6) P(Z < 0.12)

Page 87: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Z .00 .01

Solution: Finding P(Z < 0.12)

.5478.02

Standardized Normal Probability Table (Portion) = P(Z < 0.12)

P(X < 8.6)

Z

0.12

0.0 .5000 .5040 .5080

.5398 .5438

0.2 .5793 .5832 .5871

0.3 .6179 .6217 .6255

0.1 .5478

0.00

Page 88: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Upper Tail Probabilities

� Suppose X is normal with mean 8.0 and standard deviation 5.0.

� Now Find P(X > 8.6)

X

8.6

8.0

Page 89: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� Now Find P(X > 8.6)…

(continued)

P(X > 8.6) = P(Z > 0.12) = 1.0 - P(Z ≤ 0.12)

= 1.0 - .5478 = .4522

Upper Tail Probabilities

Z

0.12

0Z

0.12

.5478

0

1.000 1.0 - .5478 = .4522

Page 90: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Probability Between Two Values

� Suppose X is normal with mean 8.0 and standard deviation 5.0. Find P(8 < X < 8.6)

Calculate Z-values:

P(8 < X < 8.6)

= P(0 < Z < 0.12)

Z0.120

X8.68

05

88

σ

µXZ =

−=

−=

0 .1 25

88 .6

σ

µXZ =

−=

−=

Page 91: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Solution: Finding P(0 < Z < 0.12)

= P(0 < Z < 0.12)

P(8 < X < 8.6)

= P(Z < 0.12) – P(Z ≤ 0)

= .5478 - .5000 = .0478Z .00 .01 .02

Standardized Normal Probability Table (Portion)

Z

0.12

.0478

0.00

.50000.0 .5000 .5040 .5080

.5398 .5438

0.2 .5793 .5832 .5871

0.3 .6179 .6217 .6255

0.1 .5478

Page 92: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� Suppose X is normal with mean 8.0 and standard deviation 5.0.

� Now Find P(7.4 < X < 8)

Probabilities in the Lower Tail

X

7.48.0

Page 93: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Probabilities in the Lower Tail

Now Find P(7.4 < X < 8)…

P(7.4 < X < 8)

= P(-0.12 < Z < 0)

(continued)

.0478

X7.4 8.0

= P(Z < 0) – P(Z ≤ -0.12)

= .5000 - .4522 = .0478

.0478

.4522

Z-0.12 0

The Normal distribution is symmetric, so this probability is the same as P(0 < Z < 0.12)

Page 94: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� Steps to find the X value for a known probability:

1. Find the Z value for the known probability

Finding the X value for a Known Probability

2. Convert to X units using the formula:

ZσµX +=

Page 95: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Finding the X value for a Known Probability

Example:

� Suppose X is normal with mean 8.0 and standard deviation 5.0.

� Now find the X value so that only 20% of all

(continued)

� Now find the X value so that only 20% of all values are below this X

X? 8.0

.2000

Z? 0

Page 96: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Find the Z value for 20% in the Lower Tail

� 20% area in the lower tail is consistent with a Z value of -0.84Z .03 .04

Standardized Normal Probability Table (Portion)

.05…

1. Find the Z value for the known probability

Z value of -0.84Z .03

-0.9 .1762 .1736

.2033

-0.7 .2327 .2296

.04

-0.8 .2005

.05

.1711

.1977

.2266

X? 8.0

.2000

Z-0.84 0

Page 97: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

2. Convert to X units using the formula:

Finding the X value

0.5)84.0(0.8

ZσµX

−+=

+=

80.3

0.5)84.0(0.8

=

−+=

So 20% of the values from a distribution

with mean 8.0 and standard deviation 5.0 are less than 3.80

Page 98: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Uniform Distribution

ContinuousProbability

Probability Distributions

Probability Distributions

Normal

Uniform

Exponential

Page 99: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Uniform Distribution

� The uniform distribution is a

probability distribution that has equal

probabilities for all possible probabilities for all possible

outcomes of the random variable

� Also called a rectangular distribution

Page 100: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Continuous Uniform Distribution:

bXaifab

1≤≤

The Uniform Distribution(continued)

f(X) =

otherwise 0

where

f(X) = value of the density function at any X value

a = minimum value of X

b = maximum value of X

f(X) =

Page 101: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Properties of the Uniform Distribution

� The mean of a uniform distribution is

2

baµ

+=

� The standard deviation is

1 2

a )-(bσ

2

=

Page 102: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Uniform Distribution Example

Example: Uniform probability distributionover the range 2 ≤ X ≤ 6:

f(X) = = .25 for 2 ≤ X ≤ 66 - 21

2 6

.25

f(X) = = .25 for 2 ≤ X ≤ 66 - 2

X

f(X)

42

62

2

baµ =

+=

+=

1 5 4 7.11 2

2 )-(6

1 2

a )-(bσ

22

===

Page 103: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Exponential Distribution

ContinuousProbability

Probability Distributions

Probability Distributions

Normal

Uniform

Exponential

Page 104: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Exponential Distribution

� Used to model the length of time between two occurrences of an event (the time between arrivals)

� Examples: � Time between trucks arriving at an unloading dock

� Time between transactions at an ATM Machine

� Time between phone calls to the main operator

Page 105: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Exponential Distribution

� Defined by a single parameter, its mean λ(lambda)

� The probability that an arrival time is less than some specified time X is

Xλe1X)time P(arrival −−=<

some specified time X is

where e = mathematical constant approximated by 2.71828

λ = the population mean number of arrivals per unit

X = any value of the continuous variable where 0 < X < ∞

Page 106: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Exponential Distribution Example

Example: Customers arrive at the service counter at the rate of 15 per hour. What is the probability that the arrival time between consecutive customers is less than three minutes?

� The mean number of arrivals per hour is 15, so λ = 15

� Three minutes is .05 hours

� P(arrival time < .05) = 1 – e-λX = 1 – e-(15)(.05) = .5276

� So there is a 52.76% probability that the arrival time between successive customers is less than three minutes

Page 107: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Exponential Distributions

( )arrival time 1

: any value of continuous random variable

: the population average number of

XP X e

X

λ

λ

−< = −

: the population average number of

arrivals per unit of time

1/ : average time between arrivals

2.71828e

λ

λ

=

e.g.: Drivers Arriving at a Toll Bridge;

Customers Arriving at an ATM Machine

Page 108: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Exponential Distributions

� Describes time or distance between events

� Used for queues

� Density function

(continued)

f(X)λλλλ = 0.5

1x

� Parameters

X

λλλλ = 2.0

( )1

x

f x e λ

λ

=

µ λ σ λ= =

Page 109: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

فصل چهارم

توزیع نمونه گیری

Page 110: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

د.یل استفاده از نمونه گیری / مزایا

صرفه جویــی در زمان

/ د.یل مزایا

کاهش هزینه ها

مزیت در زمون های

ا

مخرب

امکان تعمیم نتایج به جامعه

Page 111: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

مباحث اصلی در نمونه گیری

نمونه گیری

روشهای نمونه گیری

در فصول –محاسبه حجم نمونه بعدی بررسی میشود

تصادفی ساده

قرعه کشی

جدول اعداد تصادفی

گروهی نظام مند

منتظم

غیرمنتظم

خوشه ای مرحله ای

Page 112: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Types of Samples

Samples

Non-Probability Probability SamplesNon-Probability Samples

Judgment

Probability Samples

Simple

Random

Systematic

Stratified

Cluster

Convenience

Page 113: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Types of Samples:Nonprobability Sample

� In a nonprobability sample, items included are chosen without regard to their probability of occurrence.� In convenience sampling, items are selected based � In convenience sampling, items are selected based

only on the fact that they are easy, inexpensive, or convenient to sample.

� In a judgment sample, you get the opinions of pre-

selected experts in the subject matter.

Page 114: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Types of Samples:Probability Sample

� In a probability sample, items in the sample are chosen on the basis of known probabilities.

Probability SamplesProbability Samples

Simple

RandomSystematic Stratified Cluster

Page 115: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Probability Sample:Simple Random Sample

� Every individual or item from the frame has an equal chance of being selected

� Selection may be with replacement (selected individual is returned to frame for possible individual is returned to frame for possible reselection) or without replacement (selected individual isn’t returned to the frame).

� Samples obtained from table of random numbers or computer random number generators.

Page 116: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Selecting a Simple Random Sample Using A Random Number Table

Sampling Frame For Population With 850

Items

Item Name Item #

Portion Of A Random Number Table

49280 88924 35779 00283 81163 07275

11100 02340 12860 74697 96644 89439

09893 23997 20048 49420 88872 08401

The First 5 Items in a simple Item Name Item #Bev R. 001

Ulan X. 002

. .

. .

. .

. .

Joann P. 849

Paul F. 850

The First 5 Items in a simple random sample

Item # 492

Item # 808

Item # 892 -- does not exist so ignore

Item # 435

Item # 779

Item # 002

Page 117: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� Decide on sample size: n

� Divide frame of N individuals into groups of k

individuals: k=N/n

� Randomly select one individual from the 1st

Probability Sample:Systematic Sample

� Randomly select one individual from the 1st

group

� Select every kth individual thereafter

N = 40

n = 4

k = 10

First Group

Page 118: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Probability Sample:Stratified Sample

� Divide population into two or more subgroups (called strata) according

to some common characteristic

� A simple random sample is selected from each subgroup, with sample

sizes proportional to strata sizes

� Samples from subgroups are combined into one� Samples from subgroups are combined into one

� This is a common technique when sampling population of voters, stratifying across racial or socio-economic lines.

Population

Divided

into 4

strata

Page 119: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Probability SampleCluster Sample

� Population is divided into several “clusters,” each representative of

the population

� A simple random sample of clusters is selected

� All items in the selected clusters can be used, or items can be

chosen from a cluster using another probability sampling technique

� A common application of cluster sampling involves election exit polls,

where certain election districts are selected and sampled.

Population divided into 16 clusters.

Randomly selected clusters for sample

Page 120: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ماره مطلوبماره مطلوبویژگیهای اماره مطلوبویژگیهای اماره مطلوبویژگیهای اماره مطلوبویژگیهای اماره مطلوبویژگیهای اماره مطلوبویژگیهای اماره مطلوبویژگیهای اماره مطلوبویژگیهای اماره مطلوبویژگیهای اماره مطلوبویژگیهای اماره مطلوبویژگیهای اماره مطلوبویژگیهای اماره مطلوبویژگیهای اماره مطلوبویژگیهای اماره مطلوبویژگیهای ا ویژگیهای ا

Page 121: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Unbiasedness

BiasedUnbiased

P(X)

Xµµ

X

Page 122: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Less Variability

Sampling

Distribution Sampling

P(X)

of MedianSampling

Distribution of

Mean

µ X

Page 123: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Effect of Large Sample

Larger

sample size

Smaller

P(X)

Smaller

sample size

Page 124: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

توزیع نمونه گیری توزیع نمونه گیری توزیع نمونه گیری توزیع نمونه گیری توزیع نمونه گیری توزیع نمونه گیری توزیع نمونه گیری توزیع نمونه گیری

Page 125: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Sampling Distributions

Sampling Distributions

Sampling Distributions

of the Mean

Sampling Distributions

of the Proportion

Page 126: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

.3

P(x)

(continued)

Summary Measures for the Population Distribution:

Developing a Sampling Distribution

N

Xµ i=∑

.3

.2

.1

018 20 22 24

A B C D

Uniform Distribution

x

214

24222018=

+++=

2.236N

µ)(Xσ

2i

=−

=∑

Page 127: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

1st 2nd Observation

Obs 18 20 22 24

18 18,18 18,20 18,22 18,24

Now consider all possible samples of size n=2

1st 2nd Observation

(continued)

Developing a Sampling Distribution

16 Sample Means

20 20,18 20,20 20,22 20,24

22 22,18 22,20 22,22 22,24

24 24,18 24,20 24,22 24,24

16 possible samples (sampling with replacement)

1st 2nd Observation

Obs 18 20 22 24

18 18 19 20 21

20 19 20 21 22

22 20 21 22 23

24 21 22 23 24

Page 128: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

1st 2nd Observation

Sampling Distribution of All Sample Means

Sample Means Distribution

16 Sample Means

Developing a Sampling Distribution

(continued)

_1st 2nd Observation

Obs 18 20 22 24

18 18 19 20 21

20 19 20 21 22

22 20 21 22 23

24 21 22 23 24

18 19 20 21 22 23 240

.1

.2

.3 P(X)

X_

(no longer uniform)

_

Page 129: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Summary Measures of this Sampling Distribution:

Developing aSampling Distribution

(continued)

2116

24211918

N

Xµ i

X=

++++==

∑ L

16N

1.5816

21)-(2421)-(1921)-(18

N

)µX(σ

222

2

Xi

X

=+++

=

−=∑

L

Page 130: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Comparing the Population with its Sampling Distribution

P(X)

PopulationN = 4

P(X)

1.58σ 21µXX

==2.236σ 21µ ==

Sample Means Distributionn = 2

_

18 19 20 21 22 23 240

.1

.2

.3 P(X)

X18 20 22 24

A B C D

0

.1

.2

.3 P(X)

X _

_

Page 131: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Sampling Distributions of the Mean

Sampling Distributions

Sampling Distributions

of the Mean

Sampling Distributions

of the Proportion

Page 132: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Standard Error of the Mean

� Different samples of the same size from the same population will yield different sample means

� A measure of the variability in the mean from sample to sample is given by the Standard Error of the Mean:sample is given by the Standard Error of the Mean:

� Note that the standard error of the mean decreases as the sample size increases

n

σσ

X=

Page 133: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

If the Population is Normal

� If a population is normal with mean µ and

standard deviation σ, the sampling distribution

of is also normally distributed withX

and

(This assumes that sampling is with replacement or

sampling is without replacement from an infinite population)

µµX

=n

σσ

X=

Page 134: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Z-value for Sampling Distributionof the Mean

� Z-value for the sampling distribution of :

σµ)X(

σ

)µX(Z X −

=−

=

X

where: = sample mean

= population mean

= population standard deviation

n = sample size

σ

n

σσX

Page 135: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Finite Population Correction

� Apply the Finite Population Correction if:

� the sample is large relative to the population

(n is greater than 5% of N)

and…and…

� Sampling is without replacement

Then

1N

nN

n

σ

µ)X(Z

−=

Page 136: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Normal Population Distribution

Sampling Distribution Properties

�µµx =

Normal Sampling Distribution (has the same mean)

(i.e. is unbiased )xx

x

µ

Page 137: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Sampling Distribution Properties

� For sampling with replacement:

As n increases,

decreases

Larger sample size

(continued)

Smaller sample size

x

x

µ

Page 138: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

If the Population is not Normal

� We can apply the Central Limit Theorem:

� Even if the population is not normal,

� …sample means from the population will beapproximately normal as long as the sample size is approximately normal as long as the sample size is large enough.

Properties of the sampling distribution:

andµµx =n

σσ x =

Page 139: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

n↑

Central Limit Theorem

As the sample size gets

the sampling distribution becomes almost normal

size gets large enough…

almost normal regardless of shape of population

x

Page 140: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Population Distribution

Central Tendency

If the Population is not Normal(continued)

Sampling distribution properties:

µµ =

Sampling Distribution (becomes normal as n increases)

Variation

(Sampling with replacement)

x

x

Larger sample size

Smaller sample size

µµx =

n

σσ x =

µ

Page 141: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

How Large is Large Enough?

� For most distributions, n > 30 will give a sampling distribution that is nearly normal

� For fairly symmetric distributions, n > 15� For fairly symmetric distributions, n > 15

� For normal population distributions, the sampling distribution of the mean is always normally distributed

Page 142: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example

� Suppose a population has mean µ = 8 and standard deviation σ = 3. Suppose a random sample of size n = 36 is selected.

� What is the probability that the sample mean is between 7.8 and 8.2?

Page 143: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example

Solution:

� Even if the population is not normally distributed, the central limit theorem can be used (n > 30)

(continued)

used (n > 30)

� … so the sampling distribution of is approximately normal

� … with mean = 8

� …and standard deviation

x

0.536

3

n

σσx ===

Page 144: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example

Solution (continued):(continued)

363

8-8.2

µ- µ

363

8-7.8P 8.2) µ P(7.8

X

X

<<=<<

0.38300.5)ZP(-0.5

36n36

=<<=

Z7.8 8.2 -0.5 0.5

Sampling Distribution

Standard Normal Distribution .1915

+.1915

Population Distribution

??

??

?????

???Sample Standardize

8µ = 8µX

= 0µz =xX

Page 145: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Sampling Distributions of the Proportion

Sampling Distributions

Sampling Distributions

of the Mean

Sampling Distributions

of the Proportion

Page 146: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Population Proportions, p

p = the proportion of the population having some characteristic

� Sample proportion ( ps ) provides an estimateof p:

� 0 ≤ ps ≤ 1

� ps has a binomial distribution

(assuming sampling with replacement from a finite population or without replacement from an infinite population)

size sample

interest ofstic characteri the having sample the in itemsofnumber

n

Xps ==

Page 147: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Sampling Distribution of p

� Approximated by a

normal distribution if:

Sampling DistributionP(ps)

.3

.2

.1

5np ≥

where

and

(where p = population proportion)

.1

00 . 2 .4 .6 8 1 ps

pµsp =

n

p)p(1σ

sp

−=

5p)n(1

and

≥−

Page 148: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Z-Value for Proportions

p)p(1

pp

σ

ppZ s

p

s

s−

−=

−=

Standardize ps to a Z value with the formula:

� If sampling is without replacement

and n is greater than 5% of the

population size, then must use

the finite population correction

factor:

1N

nN

n

p )p (1σ

sp−

−−=

n

p)p(1ps−

Page 149: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example

� If the true proportion of voters who support

Proposition A is p = .4, what is the probability

that a sample of size 200 yields a sample that a sample of size 200 yields a sample

proportion between .40 and .45?

� i.e.: if p = .4 and n = 200, what is

P(.40 ≤ ps ≤ .45) ?

Page 150: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example

� if p = .4 and n = 200, what is

P(.40 ≤ ps ≤ .45) ?

(continued)

.03464.4).4(1p)p(1

σ =−

=−

=Find : σ .03464200n

σsp ===

1.44)ZP(0

.03464

.40.45Z

.03464

.40.40P.45)pP(.40 s

≤≤=

−≤≤

−=≤≤

Find :

Convert to standard normal:

spσ

Page 151: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example

� if p = .4 and n = 200, what is

P(.40 ≤ ps ≤ .45) ?

(continued)

Use standard normal table: P(0 ≤ Z ≤ 1.44) = .4251

Z.45 1.44

.4251

Standardize

Sampling DistributionStandardized

Normal Distribution

Use standard normal table: P(0 ≤ Z ≤ 1.44) = .4251

.40 0ps

Page 152: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example:

( )8 =2 25

7.8 8.2 ?

n

P X

µ σ= =

< < =

Sampling Distribution Standardized

( )

( )

7.8 8 8.2 87.8 8.2

2 / 25 2 / 25

.5 .5 .3830

X

X

XP X P

P Z

µ

σ

−− −< < = < <

= − < < =

Sampling Distribution Standardized Normal Distribution2

.425

Xσ = = 1Zσ =

8X

µ =8.2 Z

0Zµ =0.57.8 0.5−

.1915

X

Page 153: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example:( )200 .4 .43 ?Sn p P p= = < =

( )( )

( ).43 .4

.43 .87 .8078.4 1 .4

200

S

S

S p

S

p

pP p P P Z

µ

σ

− − < = < = < = − 200

Sampling DistributionStandardized

Normal Distribution

Spσ 1Zσ =

SpµSp Z0.43 .87

Page 154: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

فصل پنجم

تخمین فاصله ای

Page 155: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Point and Interval Estimates

� A point estimate is a single number,

� a confidence interval provides additional information about the variability of the estimateinformation about the variability of the estimate

Point Estimate

Lower

Confidence

Limit

Upper

Confidence

Limit

Width of confidence interval

Page 156: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

We can estimate a Population Parameter …

Point Estimates

with a SampleStatistic

(a Point Estimate)(a Point Estimate)

Mean

Proportion pπ

Page 157: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Confidence Intervals

� How much uncertainty is associated with a point estimate of a population parameter?

� An interval estimate provides more An interval estimate provides more information about a population characteristic than does a point estimate

� Such interval estimates are called confidence intervals

Page 158: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Confidence Interval Estimate

� An interval gives a range of values:

� Takes into consideration variation in sample statistics from sample to sample

� Based on observations from 1 sample� Based on observations from 1 sample

� Gives information about closeness to unknown population parameters

� Stated in terms of level of confidence

� e.g. 95% confident, 99% confident

� Can never be 100% confident

Page 159: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Confidence Interval Example

Cereal fill example

� Population has µ = 368 and σ = 15.

� If you take a sample of size n = 25 you know

� 368 ± 1.96 * 15 / = (362.12, 373.88) contains 95% of 25� 368 ± 1.96 * 15 / = (362.12, 373.88) contains 95% of the sample means

� When you don’t know µ, you use X to estimate µ� If X = 362.3 the interval is 362.3 ± 1.96 * 15 / = (356.42, 368.18)

� Since 356.42 ≤ µ ≤ 368.18 the interval based on this sample makes a correct statement about µ.

But what about the intervals from other possible samples of size 25?

25

25

Page 160: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Confidence Interval Example

(continued)

Sample # XLower

Limit

Upper

Limit

Contain

µ?

1 362.30 356.42 368.18 Yes

2 369.50 363.62 375.38 Yes

3 360.00 354.12 365.88 No

4 362.12 356.24 368.00 Yes

5 373.88 368.00 379.76 Yes

Page 161: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Confidence Interval Example

� In practice you only take one sample of size n

� In practice you do not know µ so you do not know if the interval actually contains µ

However you do know that 95% of the intervals

(continued)

� However you do know that 95% of the intervals formed in this manner will contain µ

� Thus, based on the one sample, you actually selected you can be 95% confident your interval will contain µ (this is a 95% confidence interval)

Note: 95% confidence is based on the fact that we used Z = 1.96.

Page 162: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Estimation Process

Population

Random Sample

Mean

I am 95% confident that µ is between 40 & 60.

(mean, µ, is unknown)

Population Mean

X = 50

Sample

40 & 60.

Page 163: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

General Formula

� The general formula for all confidence intervals is:

Point Estimate ± (Critical Value)(Standard Error)

Where:•Point Estimate is the sample statistic estimating the population parameter of interest

•Critical Value is a table value based on the sampling distribution of the point estimate and the desired confidence level

•Standard Error is the standard deviation of the point estimate

Page 164: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Confidence Level

� Confidence Level

� Confidence the interval will contain the unknown population parameter

� A percentage (less than 100%)

Page 165: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Confidence Level, (1-α)

� Suppose confidence level = 95%

� Also written (1 - α) = 0.95, (so α = 0.05)

� A relative frequency interpretation:

� 95% of all the confidence intervals that can be

(continued)

� 95% of all the confidence intervals that can be constructed will contain the unknown true parameter

� A specific interval either will contain or will not contain the true parameter

� No probability involved in a specific interval

Page 166: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Confidence Intervals

Population

ConfidenceIntervals

PopulationPopulation Mean

σ Unknown

PopulationProportion

σ Known

Page 167: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Confidence Interval for µ(σ Known)

� Assumptions� Population standard deviation σ is known� Population is normally distributed� If population is not normal, use large sample

� Confidence interval estimate:

where is the point estimate

Zα/2 is the normal distribution critical value for a probability of α/2 in each tail

is the standard error

n

σ/2ZX α±

X

nσ/

Page 168: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Finding the Critical Value, Zα/2

� Consider a 95% confidence interval:

0.05 so 0.951 ==− αα

1.96/2Z ±=α

Zα/2 = -1.96 Zα/2 = 1.96

0.0252

0.0252

Point EstimateLower Confidence Limit

UpperConfidence Limit

Z units:

X units: Point Estimate

0

Page 169: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Common Levels of Confidence

� Commonly used confidence levels are 90%, 95%, and 99%

Confidence Level

Confidence Coefficient, Zα/2 value

α−1Level

1.28

1.645

1.96

2.33

2.58

3.08

3.27

0.80

0.90

0.95

0.98

0.99

0.998

0.999

80%

90%

95%

98%

99%

99.8%

99.9%

α−1

Page 170: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Intervals and Level of Confidence

Intervals

Sampling Distribution of the Mean

x

/2α /2αα−1

µµx

=

Confidence Intervals

Intervals extend from

to

(1-α)x100%of intervals constructed contain µ;

(α)x100% do not.

n

σ2/αZX −

n

σ2/αZX +

x

x1

x2

Page 171: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example

� A sample of 11 circuits from a large normal population has a mean resistance of 2.20 ohms. We know from past testing that the population standard deviation is 0.35 ohms.

� Determine a 95% confidence interval for the true mean resistance of the population.

Page 172: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example

� A sample of 11 circuits from a large normal population has a mean resistance of 2.20 ohms. We know from past testing that the

population standard deviation is 0.35 ohms.

(continued)

2.4068 1.9932

0.2068 2.20

)11(0.35/ 1.96 2.20

n

σ/2 ZX

≤≤

±=

±=

±

µ

α

population standard deviation is 0.35 ohms.

� Solution:

Page 173: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Confidence Intervals

Population

ConfidenceIntervals

PopulationPopulation Mean

σ Unknown

PopulationProportion

σ Known

Page 174: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Do You Ever Truly Know σ?

� Probably not!

� In virtually all real world business situations, σ is not known.known.

� If there is a situation where σ is known then µ is also known (since to calculate σ you need to know µ.)

� If you truly know µ there would be no need to gather a sample to estimate it.

Page 175: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� If the population standard deviation σ is unknown, we can substitute the sample standard deviation, S

Confidence Interval for µ(σ Unknown)

� This introduces extra uncertainty, since S is variable from sample to sample

� So we use the t distribution instead of the normal distribution

Page 176: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� Assumptions

� Population standard deviation is unknown

� Population is normally distributed

� If population is not normal, use large sample

Confidence Interval for µ(σ Unknown)

(continued)

If population is not normal, use large sample

� Use Student’s t Distribution

� Confidence Interval Estimate:

(where tα/2 is the critical value of the t distribution with n -1 degrees of freedom and an area of α/2 in each tail)

n

StX 2/α±

Page 177: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Student’s t Distribution

� The t is a family of distributions

� The tα/2 value depends on degrees of freedom (d.f.)

� Number of observations that are free to vary after sample mean has been calculated

d.f. = n - 1

Page 178: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Degrees of Freedom (df)

Idea: Number of observations that are free to varyafter sample mean has been calculated

Example: Suppose the mean of 3 numbers is 8.0

If the mean of these three values is 8.0, then X3 must be 9(i.e., X3 is not free to vary)

Here, n = 3, so degrees of freedom = n – 1 = 3 – 1 = 2

(2 values can be any numbers, but the third is not free to vary for a given mean)

Let X1 = 7

Let X2 = 8

What is X3?

Page 179: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Student’s t Distribution

Standard Normal

(t with df = ∞)

Note: t Z as n increases

t0

t (df = 5)

t (df = 13)t-distributions are bell-shaped and symmetric, but have ‘fatter’ tails than the normal

Page 180: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Student’s t Table

Upper Tail Area

df .10 .05 .025

1 3.078 6.314 12.706

Let: n = 3 df = n - 1 = 2

α = 0.10α/2 = 0.051 3.078 6.314 12.706

2 1.886

3 1.638 2.353 3.182

t0 2.920

The body of the table contains t values, not probabilities

α/2 = 0.05

α/2 = 0.05

4.3032.920

Page 181: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Selected t distribution values

With comparison to the Z value

Confidence t t t ZLevel (10 d.f.) (20 d.f.) (30 d.f.) (∞ d.f.)

0.80 1.372 1.325 1.310 1.280.80 1.372 1.325 1.310 1.28

0.90 1.812 1.725 1.697 1.645

0.95 2.228 2.086 2.042 1.96

0.99 3.169 2.845 2.750 2.58

Note: t Z as n increases

Page 182: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example of t distribution confidence interval

A random sample of n = 25 has X = 50 and S = 8. Form a 95% confidence interval for µ

� d.f. = n – 1 = 24, so 2.06390.025t/2 ==αt

The confidence interval is

25

8(2.0639)50

n

S/2 ±=± αtX

46.698 ≤ µ ≤ 53.302

Page 183: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example of t distribution confidence interval

� Interpreting this interval requires the assumption that the population you are sampling from is approximately a normal distribution (especially since n is only 25).

(continued)

distribution (especially since n is only 25).

� This condition can be checked by creating a:

� Normal probability plot or

� Boxplot

Page 184: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Confidence Intervals

Population

ConfidenceIntervals

PopulationPopulation Mean

σ Unknown

PopulationProportion

σ Known

Page 185: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Confidence Intervals for the Population Proportion, π

� An interval estimate for the population

proportion ( π ) can be calculated by

adding an allowance for uncertainty to adding an allowance for uncertainty to

the sample proportion ( p )

Page 186: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Confidence Intervals for the Population Proportion, π

� Recall that the distribution of the sample proportion is approximately normal if the sample size is large, with standard deviation

(continued)

)(1 ππ −

� We will estimate this with sample data:

n

p)p(1−

n

)(1σp

ππ −=

Page 187: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Confidence Interval Endpoints

� Upper and lower confidence limits for the population proportion are calculated with the formula

p)p(1 −

� where � Zα/2 is the standard normal value for the level of confidence desired

� p is the sample proportion

� n is the sample size

� Note: must have np > 5 and n(1-p) > 5

n

p)p(1/2Zp

−± α

Page 188: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example

� A random sample of 100 people

shows that 25 are left-handed.

Form a 95% confidence interval for � Form a 95% confidence interval for

the true proportion of left-handers

Page 189: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example

� A random sample of 100 people shows that 25 are left-handed. Form a 95% confidence interval for the true proportion of left-handers.

(continued)

/1000.25(0.75)1.9625/100

p)/np(1/2Zp

±=

−± α

0.3349 0.1651

(0.0433) 1.96 0.25

≤≤

±=

π

Page 190: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Determining Sample Size

DeterminingSample Size

For the Mean

For theProportion

Page 191: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Sampling Error

� The required sample size can be found to reach a desired margin of error (e) with a specified level of confidence (1 - αααα)

� The margin of error is also called sampling error

� the amount of imprecision in the estimate of the

population parameter

� the amount added and subtracted to the point

estimate to form the confidence interval

Page 192: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Determining Sample Size

For the

DeterminingSample Size

For the Mean

n

σ2/αZX ±

n

σ2/αZe =

Sampling error (margin of error)

Page 193: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Determining Sample Size

For the

DeterminingSample Size

(continued)

For the Mean

n

σ2/αZe =

2

2σ22/

e

Zn α=Now solve

for n to get

Page 194: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Determining Sample Size

� To determine the required sample size for the mean, you must know:

The desired level of confidence (1 - αααα), which

(continued)

� The desired level of confidence (1 - αααα), which

determines the critical value, Zα/2

� The acceptable sampling error, e

� The standard deviation, σ

Page 195: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Required Sample Size Example

If σ = 45, what sample size is needed to

estimate the mean within ± 5 with 90%

confidence?

(Always round up)

219.195

(45)(1.645)

e

σZn

2

22

2

22

===

So the required sample size is n = 220

Page 196: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

If σ is unknown

� If unknown, σ can be estimated when

using the required sample size formula

� Use a value for σ that is expected to be � Use a value for σ that is expected to be

at least as large as the true σ

� Select a pilot sample and estimate σ with

the sample standard deviation, S

Page 197: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Determining Sample Size

DeterminingSample Size

For the

(continued)

For theProportion

2

2

e

)(1Zn

ππ −=

Now solve for n to getn

)(1Ze

ππ −=

Page 198: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Determining Sample Size

� To determine the required sample size for the proportion, you must know:

� The desired level of confidence (1 - αααα), which determines the

(continued)

critical value, Zα/2

� The acceptable sampling error, e

� The true proportion of events of interest, π

� π can be estimated with a pilot sample if necessary (or

conservatively use 0.5 as an estimate of π)

Page 199: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Required Sample Size Example

How large a sample would be necessary

to estimate the true proportion defective in

a large population within ±3%, with 95%

confidence?confidence?

(Assume a pilot sample yields p = 0.12)

Page 200: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Required Sample Size Example

Solution:

For 95% confidence, use Zα/2 = 1.96

e = 0.03

(continued)

p = 0.12, so use this to estimate π

So use n = 451

450.742(0.03)

0.12)(0.12)(12(1.96)

2e

)(12/2Z

n =−

=−

=ππα

Page 201: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Confidence Interval for Population Total Amount

� Point estimate for a population of size N:

� Confidence interval estimate:

XN total Population =

� Confidence interval estimate:

1n

S)2/(

−±

N

nNtNXN α

(This is sampling without replacement, so use the finite population correction in the confidence interval formula)

Page 202: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Confidence Interval for Population Total: Example

A firm has a population of 1000 accounts and wishes to estimate the total population value.

A sample of 80 accounts is selected with average balance of $87.6 and standard deviation of $22.3.

Find the 95% confidence interval estimate of the total balance.

Page 203: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example Solution

1n

S)2/(

−±

N

nNtNXN α

22.3S ,6.87X 80, n ,1000N ====

The 95% confidence interval for the population total balance is $82,837.52 to $92,362.48

48.762,4600,87

11000

801000

80

22.3)9905.1)(1000()6.87)(1000(

n

±=

−±=

Page 204: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� Point estimate for a population of size N:

� Where the average difference, D, is:

DN Difference Total =

Confidence Interval for Total Difference

� Where the average difference, D, is:

value original - value auditedD where

n

D

D

i

n

1ii

=

=∑

=

Page 205: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� Confidence interval estimate:

1n

DS)2/(

−±

N

nNtNDN α

Confidence Interval for Total Difference

(continued)

where

1n)2/(

−±

NtNDN α

1

1

2)D(

=

=

n

n

i

iD

DS

Page 206: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

One-Sided Confidence Intervals

� Application: find the upper bound for the proportion of items that do not conform with internal controls

nNp)p(1 −−

� where � Zα is the standard normal value for the level of confidence desired

� p is the sample proportion of items that do not conform

� n is the sample size

� N is the population size

1N

nN

n

p)p(1Zp boundUpper

−−+= α

Page 207: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Use A fpc When Sampling More Than 5% Of The Population (n/N > 0.05)

Confidence Interval For µ with a fpc

/ 2 1

S N nX t

Nnα

−±

− A fpc simplyreduces the

Confidence Interval For π with a fpc

1

)1(2/

−−±

N

nN

n

ppzp α

reduces thestandard errorof either the

sample mean orthe sample proportion

Page 208: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Confidence Interval for µ with a fpc

10s 50,x 100,n 1000,N Suppose ====

:for CI 95% 2/ =−

−±

nNstx αµ

)88.51 ,12.48( 88.150

11000

1001000

100

10984.150

1 :for CI 95% 2/

=−

−±

=−

±Nn

tx αµ

Page 209: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Determining Sample Size with a fpc

� Calculate the sample size (n0) without a fpc

� For µ: 2

22

2/0

e

zn

σα=

� For π:

� Apply the fpc utilizing the following formula to arrive at the final sample size (n).

� n = n0N / (n0 + (N-1))

e

2

2

2/0

)1(

e

zn

ππα −=

Page 210: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

فصل ششم

ماری زمون فرض ا

ا

Page 211: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

What is a Hypothesis?

� A hypothesis is a claim (assertion) about a population parameter:

population mean� population mean

� population proportion

Example: The mean monthly cell phone bill in this city is µ = $42

Example: The proportion of adults in this city with cell phones is π = 0.68

Page 212: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Null Hypothesis, H0

� States the claim or assertion to be tested

Example: The average diameter of a

manufactured bolt is 30mm ( )30µ:H0 =

� Is always about a population parameter, not about a sample statistic

30µ:H0 = 30X:H0 =

Page 213: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Null Hypothesis, H0

� Begin with the assumption that the null hypothesis is true

� Similar to the notion of innocent untilproven guilty

(continued)

proven guilty

� Refers to the status quo or historical value

� Always contains “=“, or “≤”, or “≥” sign

� May or may not be rejected

Page 214: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Alternative Hypothesis, H1

� Is the opposite of the null hypothesis

� e.g., The average diameter of a manufactured bolt is not equal to 30mm ( H1: µ ≠ 30 )

� Challenges the status quoChallenges the status quo

� Never contains the “=“, or “≤”, or “≥” sign

� May or may not be proven

� Is generally the hypothesis that the researcher is trying to prove

Page 215: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Hypothesis Testing Process

� Claim: The population mean age is 50.� H0: µ = 50, H1: µ ≠ 50

� Sample the population and find sample mean.

Population

Sample

Page 216: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Hypothesis Testing Process

� Suppose the sample mean age was X = 20.

� This is significantly lower than the claimed mean population age of 50.

(continued)

� If the null hypothesis were true, the probability of getting such a different sample mean would be very

small, so you reject the null hypothesis .

� In other words, getting a sample mean of 20 is so unlikely if the population mean was 50, you conclude that the population mean must not be 50.

Page 217: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Hypothesis Testing Process

Sampling

Distribution of X

(continued)

µ = 50

If H0 is trueIf it is unlikely that you

would get a sample

mean of this value ...

... then you reject

the null hypothesis

that µ = 50.

20

... When in fact this were

the population mean…

X

Page 218: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Test Statistic and Critical Values

� If the sample mean is close to the stated population mean, the null hypothesis is not rejected.

� If the sample mean is far from the stated � If the sample mean is far from the stated population mean, the null hypothesis is rejected.

� How far is “far enough” to reject H0?

� The critical value of a test statistic creates a “line in the sand” for decision making -- it answers the question of how far is far enough.

Page 219: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Test Statistic and Critical Values

Sampling Distribution of the test statistic

Region of

Rejection

Region of

RejectionRegion of

Critical Values

“Too Far Away” From Mean of Sampling Distribution

RejectionRegion of

Non-Rejection

Page 220: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Possible Errors in Hypothesis Test Decision Making

� Type I Error

� Reject a true null hypothesis

� Considered a serious type of error

� The probability of a Type I Error is αααα

� Called level of significance of the test

� Set by researcher in advance

� Type II Error

� Failure to reject false null hypothesis

� The probability of a Type II Error is β

Page 221: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Possible Errors in Hypothesis Test Decision Making

Possible Hypothesis Test Outcomes

Actual Situation

(continued)

Decision H0 True H0 False

Do Not Reject H0

No Error

Probability 1 - α

Type II Error

Probability β

Reject H0 Type I Error

Probability α

No Error

Probability 1 - β

Page 222: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Possible Errors in Hypothesis Test Decision Making

� The confidence coefficient (1-α) is the probability of not rejecting H0 when it is true.

� The confidence level of a hypothesis test is

(continued)

� The confidence level of a hypothesis test is (1-α)*100%.

� The power of a statistical test (1-β) is the probability of rejecting H0 when it is false.

Page 223: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Type I & II Error Relationship

� Type I and Type II errors cannot happen atthe same time

� A Type I error can only occur if H0 is true� A Type I error can only occur if H0 is true

� A Type II error can only occur if H0 is false

If Type I error probability (αααα) , then

Type II error probability (β)

Page 224: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Factors Affecting Type II Error

� All else equal,

� β when the difference between

hypothesized parameter and its true value

� β when αααα

� β when σ

� β when n

Page 225: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Level of Significance and the Rejection Region

Level of significance = ααααH0: µ = 30

H1: µ ≠ 30

/2αααα/2αααα

This is a two-tail test because there is a rejection region in both tails

Critical values

Rejection Region

30

Page 226: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Hypothesis Tests for the Mean

Hypothesis Tests for µµµµ

σσσσ Known σσσσ Unknown

(Z test) (t test)

Page 227: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Z Test of Hypothesis for the Mean (σ Known)

� Convert sample statistic ( ) to a ZSTAT test statisticX

Hypothesis Tests for µµµµ

The test statistic is:

n

σ

µXZ

S T A T

−=

σ Known σ Unknownσσσσ Known σσσσ Unknown(Z test) (t test)

Page 228: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Critical Value Approach to Testing

� For a two-tail test for the mean, σ known:

� Convert sample statistic ( ) to test statistic (ZSTAT)

X

� Determine the critical Z values for a specifiedlevel of significance αααα from a table or computer

� Decision Rule: If the test statistic falls in the rejection region, reject H0 ; otherwise do not

reject H0

Page 229: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� There are two cutoff values (critical values), defining the regions of

Two-Tail Tests

αααα/2

H0: µ = 30

H1: µ ≠≠≠≠ 30

αααα/2

Do not reject H0 Reject H0Reject H0

regions of rejection

αααα/2

-Zα/2 0 +Zα/2

αααα/2

Lower critical value

Upper critical value

30

Z

X

Page 230: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

6 Steps in Hypothesis Testing

1. State the null hypothesis, H0 and the alternative hypothesis, H1

2. Choose the level of significance, α, and the sample size, nsample size, n

3. Determine the appropriate test statistic and sampling distribution

4. Determine the critical values that divide the rejection and nonrejection regions

Page 231: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

6 Steps in Hypothesis Testing

5. Collect data and compute the value of the test statistic

6. Make the statistical decision and state the managerial conclusion. If the test statistic falls

(continued)

managerial conclusion. If the test statistic falls into the nonrejection region, do not reject the null hypothesis H0. If the test statistic falls into the rejection region, reject the null hypothesis. Express the managerial conclusion in the context of the problem

Page 232: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Hypothesis Testing Example

Test the claim that the true mean diameter of a manufactured bolt is 30mm.

(Assume σ = 0.8)

1. State the appropriate null and alternative1. State the appropriate null and alternativehypotheses

� H0: µ = 30 H1: µ ≠ 30 (This is a two-tail test)

2. Specify the desired level of significance and the sample size

� Suppose that α = 0.05 and n = 100 are chosen for this test

Page 233: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Hypothesis Testing Example

3. Determine the appropriate technique� σ is assumed known so this is a Z test.

4. Determine the critical values

� For α = 0.05 the critical Z values are ±1.96

(continued)

2 .00 .0 8

.1 6

1 0 0

0 .8

3 02 9 .8 4

n

σ

µXZ S T A T −−−−====

−−−−====

−−−−====

−−−−====

5. Collect the data and compute the test statistic

� Suppose the sample results are

n = 100, X = 29.84 (σ = 0.8 is assumed known)

So the test statistic is:

Page 234: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� 6. Is the test statistic in the rejection region?

α/2 = 0.025

Hypothesis Testing Example

(continued)

α/2 = 0.025

Reject H0 Do not reject H0

-Zα/2 = -1.96 0

Reject H0 if ZSTAT < -1.96 or ZSTAT > 1.96; otherwise do not reject H0

Reject H0

+Zα/2 = +1.96

Here, ZSTAT = -2.0 < -1.96, so the test statistic is in the rejection region

Page 235: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

6 (continued). Reach a decision and interpret the result

Hypothesis Testing Example

(continued)

α = 0.05/2 α = 0.05/2

-2.0

Since ZSTAT = -2.0 < -1.96, reject the null hypothesisand conclude there is sufficient evidence that the mean diameter of a manufactured bolt is not equal to 30

Reject H0 Do not reject H0

-Zα/2 = -1.96 0

Reject H0

+Zα/2= +1.96

Page 236: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

p-Value Approach to Testing

� p-value: Probability of obtaining a test

statistic equal to or more extreme than the

observed sample value given H0 is true

� The p-value is also called the observed level of

significance

� It is the smallest value of αααα for which H0 can be

rejected

Page 237: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

p-Value Approach to Testing:Interpreting the p-value

� Compare the p-value with αααα

� If p-value < αααα , reject H0

� If p-value ≥≥≥≥ αααα , do not reject H0� If p-value ≥≥≥≥ αααα , do not reject H0

� Remember

� If the p-value is low then H0 must go

Page 238: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The 5 Step p-value approach toHypothesis Testing

1. State the null hypothesis, H0 and the alternative hypothesis, H1

2. Choose the level of significance, α, and the sample size, n

Determine the appropriate test statistic and sampling 3. Determine the appropriate test statistic and sampling distribution

4. Collect data and compute the value of the test statistic and the p-value

5. Make the statistical decision and state the managerial conclusion. If the p-value is < α then reject H0, otherwise do not reject H0. State the managerial conclusion in the context of the problem

Page 239: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

p-value Hypothesis Testing Example

Test the claim that the true mean diameter of a manufactured bolt is 30mm.

(Assume σ = 0.8)

1. State the appropriate null and alternative1. State the appropriate null and alternativehypotheses

� H0: µ = 30 H1: µ ≠ 30 (This is a two-tail test)

2. Specify the desired level of significance and the sample size

� Suppose that α = 0.05 and n = 100 are chosen for this test

Page 240: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

p-value Hypothesis Testing Example

3. Determine the appropriate technique� σ is assumed known so this is a Z test.

4. Collect the data, compute the test statistic and the p-value

(continued)

2 .00 .0 8

.1 6

1 0 0

0 .8

3 02 9 .8 4

n

σ

µXZ S T A T −−−−====

−−−−====

−−−−====

−−−−====

� Suppose the sample results are

n = 100, X = 29.84 (σ = 0.8 is assumed known)

So the test statistic is:

Page 241: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

p-Value Hypothesis Testing Example:Calculating the p-value

4. (continued) Calculate the p-value.� How likely is it to get a ZSTAT of -2 (or something further from the

mean (0), in either direction) if H0 is true?

p-value = 0.0228 + 0.0228 = 0.0456

P(Z < -2.0) = 0.0228

0

-2.0

Z

2.0

P(Z > 2.0) = 0.0228

Page 242: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� 5. Is the p-value < α?

� Since p-value = 0.0456 < α = 0.05 Reject H0

� 5. (continued) State the managerial conclusion in the context of the situation.

p-value Hypothesis Testing Example

(continued)

in the context of the situation.

� There is sufficient evidence to conclude the average diameter of a manufactured bolt is not equal to 30mm.

Page 243: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Connection Between Two Tail Tests and Confidence Intervals

� For X = 29.84, σ = 0.8 and n = 100, the 95%confidence interval is:

0.8 (1.96) 29.84 to

0.8 (1.96) - 29.84 ++++

29.6832 ≤ µ ≤ 29.9968

� Since this interval does not contain the hypothesized mean (30), we reject the null hypothesis at αααα = 0.05

100 (1.96) 29.84 to

100 (1.96) - 29.84 ++++

Page 244: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Do You Ever Truly Know σ?

� Probably not!

� In virtually all real world business situations, σ is not known.known.

� If there is a situation where σ is known then µ is also known (since to calculate σ you need to know µ.)

� If you truly know µ there would be no need to gather a sample to estimate it.

Page 245: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Hypothesis Testing: σ Unknown

� If the population standard deviation is unknown, you instead use the sample standard deviation S.

� Because of this change, you use the t distribution instead of the Z distribution to test the null hypothesis about the of the Z distribution to test the null hypothesis about the mean.

� When using the t distribution you must assume the population you are sampling from follows a normal distribution.

� All other steps, concepts, and conclusions are the same.

Page 246: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

t Test of Hypothesis for the Mean (σ Unknown)

Hypothesis Tests for µµµµ

t Test of Hypothesis for the Mean (σ Unknown)

� Convert sample statistic ( ) to a tSTAT test statistic

Hypothesis Tests for µµµµ

X

Hypothesis Tests for µµµµ

The test statistic is:

σ Known σ Unknownσσσσ Known σσσσ Unknown(Z test) (t test)

The test statistic is:

σ Known σ Unknownσσσσ Known σσσσ Unknown(Z test) (t test)

The test statistic is:

n

S

µXt

S T A T

−=

σ Known σ Unknownσσσσ Known σσσσ Unknown(Z test) (t test)

Page 247: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example: Two-Tail Test(σ Unknown)

The average cost of a hotel room in New York is said to be $168 per night. To determine if this is true, a random sample of 25 hotels is taken and resulted in an X of $172.50 and an S of $15.40. Test the appropriate hypotheses at α = 0.05.

(Assume the population distribution is normal)

H0: µ = 168

H1: µ ≠≠≠≠ 168

Page 248: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� α α α α = 0.05

Example Solution: Two-Tail t Test

Reject HReject H

α/2=.025

Do not reject H

α/2=.025H0: µ = 168

H1: µ ≠≠≠≠ 168

t� α α α α = 0.05

� n = 25, df = 25-1=24

� σσσσ is unknown, so

use a t statistic

� Critical Value:

±t24,0.025 = ± 2.0639 Do not reject H0: insufficient evidence that true mean cost is different than $168

Reject H0Reject H0

-t 24,0.025

Do not reject H0

0

-2.0639 2.0639

1 .4 6

2 5

1 5 .4 0

1 6 81 7 2 .5 0

n

S

µXS T A Tt =

−=

−=

1.46

t 24,0.025

Page 249: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example Two-Tail t Test Using A p-value from Excel

� Since this is a t-test we cannot calculate the p-value without some calculation aid.

� The Excel output below does this:t Test for the Hypothesis of the Mean

Data

Null Hypothesis µ= 168.00$

Level of Significance 0.05

Sample Size 25

Sample Mean 172.50$

Sample Standard Deviation 15.40$

Standard Error of the Mean 3.08$ =B8/SQRT(B6)Degrees of Freedom 24 =B6-1

t test statistic 1.46 =(B7-B4)/B11

Lower Critical Value -2.0639 =-TINV(B5,B12)

Upper Critical Value 2.0639 =TINV(B5,B12)p-value 0.157 =TDIST(ABS(B13),B12,2)

=IF(B18<B5, "Reject null hypothesis","Do not reject null hypothesis")

Data

Intermediate Calculations

Two-Tail Test

Do Not Reject Null Hypothesis

p-value > αSo do not reject H0

Page 250: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Connection of Two Tail Tests to Confidence Intervals

� For X = 172.5, S = 15.40 and n = 25, the 95%confidence interval for µ is:

172.5 - (2.0639) 15.4/ 25 to 172.5 + (2.0639) 15.4/ 25172.5 - (2.0639) 15.4/ 25 to 172.5 + (2.0639) 15.4/ 25

166.14 ≤ µ ≤ 178.86

� Since this interval contains the Hypothesized mean (168), we do not reject the null hypothesis at αααα = 0.05

Page 251: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

One-Tail Tests

� In many cases, the alternative hypothesis focuses on a particular direction

H : µ ≥ 3 This is a lower-tail test since the

H0: µ ≥ 3

H1: µ < 3

H0: µ ≤ 3

H1: µ > 3

This is a lower-tail test since the alternative hypothesis is focused on the lower tail below the mean of 3

This is an upper-tail test since the alternative hypothesis is focused on the upper tail above the mean of 3

Page 252: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� There is only one

critical value, since

the rejection area is

in only one tail

Lower-Tail Tests

αααα

H0: µ ≥ 3

H1: µ < 3

Reject H0 Do not reject H0

in only one tail αααα

-Zα or -tα 0

µ

Z or t

X

Critical value

Page 253: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Upper-Tail Tests

αααα

H0: µ ≤ 3

H1: µ > 3� There is only one

critical value, since

the rejection area is

in only one tail

Reject H0Do not reject H0

αααα

Zα or tα0

µ

in only one tail

Critical value

Z or t

X_

Page 254: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example: Upper-Tail t Test for Mean (σ unknown)

A phone industry manager thinks that customer monthly cell phone bills have increased, and now average over $52 per month. The company wishes to test this claim. (Assume a normal population)claim. (Assume a normal population)

H0: µ ≤ 52 the average is not over $52 per month

H1: µ > 52 the average is greater than $52 per month(i.e., sufficient evidence exists to support the manager’s claim)

Form hypothesis test:

Page 255: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� Suppose that α = 0.10 is chosen for this test and n = 25.

Find the rejection region: Reject H0

Example: Find Rejection Region

(continued)

Reject H0Do not reject H0

αααα = 0.10

1.3180

Reject H0 if tSTAT > 1.318

Page 256: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Obtain sample and compute the test statistic

Suppose a sample is taken with the following

results: n = 25, X = 53.1, and S = 10

Example: Test Statistic

(continued)

results: n = 25, X = 53.1, and S = 10

� Then the test statistic is:

0 .5 5

2 5

1 0

5 25 3 .1

n

S

µXt

S T A T=

−=

−=

Page 257: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example: Decision

αααα = 0.10

Reject H0

Reach a decision and interpret the result:

(continued)

Reject H0Do not reject H0

αααα = 0.10

1.3180

Do not reject H0 since tSTAT = 0.55 ≤ 1.318

there is not sufficient evidence that themean bill is over $52

tSTAT = 0.55

Page 258: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example: Utilizing The p-value for The Test

�Calculate the p-value and compare to αααα (p-value below calculated using excel spreadsheet on next page)

ααααReject H0

p-value = .2937

Reject

H0

αααα = .10

Do not reject

H01.318

0

Reject H0

tSTAT = .55

Do not reject H0 since p-value = .2937 > αααα = .10

Page 259: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Hypothesis Tests for Proportions

� Involves categorical variables

� Two possible outcomes

� Possesses characteristic of interest� Possesses characteristic of interest

� Does not possess characteristic of interest

� Fraction or proportion of the population in the category of interest is denoted by π

Page 260: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Proportions

� Sample proportion in the category of interest is denoted by p

� sizesample

sampleininterest ofcategory in number

n

Xp ==

(continued)

� When both nπ and n(1-π) are at least 5, p can be approximated by a normal distribution with mean and standard deviation

sizesamplen

π=pµn

)(1σ

ππ −=p

Page 261: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� The sampling distribution of p is approximately normal, so the test

Hypothesis Tests for Proportions

Hypothesis Tests for p

normal, so the test statistic is a ZSTAT

value:

n

)(1

pZ

STAT

ππ

π

−=

nπ ≥≥≥≥ 5and

n(1-π) ≥≥≥≥ 5

nπ < 5or

n(1-π) < 5

Not discussed in this chapter

Page 262: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� An equivalent form to the last slide, but in terms of the number in the

Z Test for Proportion in Terms of Number in Category of Interest

Hypothesis Tests for X

number in the category of interest, X:

)(1n

nXZ

STAT

ππ

π

−=

X ≥≥≥≥ 5and

n-X ≥≥≥≥ 5

X < 5or

n-X < 5

Not discussed in this chapter

Page 263: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example: Z Test for Proportion

A marketing company claims that it receives 8% responses from its mailing. To test this mailing. To test this claim, a random sample of 500 were surveyed with 25 responses. Test at the α = 0.05 significance level.

Check:

nπ = (500)(.08) = 40

n(1-π) = (500)(.92) = 460�

Page 264: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Z Test for Proportion: Solution

αααα = 0.05

n = 500, p = 0.05

H0: π = 0.08

H1: π ≠≠≠≠ 0.08

Test Statistic:

2.47

500

.08).08(1

.08.05

n

)(1

pSTATZ −=

−=

−=

ππ

π

n = 500, p = 0.05

Reject H0 at α = 0.05

Critical Values: ± 1.96 Decision:

Conclusion:

z0

Reject Reject

.025.025

1.96

-2.47

There is sufficient evidence to reject the company’s claim of 8% response rate.

-1.96

Page 265: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Do not reject H0

Reject H0Reject H0

α/2 = .025

Calculate the p-value and compare to αααα(For a two-tail test the p-value is always two-tail)

(continued)

p-value = 0.0136:

p-Value Solution

α/2 = .025 α/2 = .025

1.960

Z = -2.47

0.01362(0.0068)

2.47)P(Z2.47)P(Z

==

≥+−≤

Reject H0 since p-value = 0.0136 < αααα = 0.05

Z = 2.47

-1.96

α/2 = .025

0.00680.0068

Page 266: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Power of a Test

� The power of the test is the probability of

correctly rejecting a false H0

Suppose we correctly reject H0: µ ≥≥≥≥ 52

when in fact the true mean is µ = 50

Reject H0: µ ≥ 52

Do not reject H0 : µ ≥ 52

5250

when in fact the true mean is µ = 50

α

Power = 1-β

Page 267: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Type II Error

� Suppose we do not reject H0: µ ≥ 52 when in fact the true mean is µ = 50

This is the true This is the range of X where H is not rejected

Reject H0: µ ≥ 52

Do not reject H0 : µ ≥ 52

5250

This is the true distribution of X if µµµµ = 50

H0 is not rejected

Prob. of type II error = β

Page 268: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Type II Error

� Suppose we do not reject H0: µ ≥ 52 when in fact the true mean is µ = 50

Here, β = P( X ≥ cutoff ) if µ = 50

(continued)

Reject H0: µ ≥ 52

Do not reject H0 : µ ≥ 52

α

5250

β

Here, β = P( X ≥ cutoff ) if µ = 50

Page 269: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� Suppose n = 64 , σ = 6 , and α = .05

Calculating β

50.76664

61.64552

n

σZµXcutoff =−=−== αα

(for H0 : µ ≥ 52)

Reject H0: µ ≥ 52

Do not reject H0 : µ ≥ 52

α

5250

So β = P( x ≥ 50.766 ) if µ = 50

50.766

Page 270: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

0.15390.84611.01.02)P(Z

646

5050.766ZP50)µ|50.766XP( =−=≥=

≥==≥

� Suppose n = 64 , σ = 6 , and α = 0.05

Calculating β and Power of the test

(continued)

Reject H0: µ ≥ 52

Do not reject H0 : µ ≥ 52

64

5250

Probability of type II error:

β = 0.1539

Power

= 1 - β= 0.8461

50.766The probability of correctly rejecting a false null hypothesis is 0.8641

Page 271: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Power of the Test

� Conclusions regarding the power of the test:

1. A one-tail test is more powerful than a two-tail test

2. An increase in the level of significance (α) results in 2. An increase in the level of significance (α) results in an increase in power

3. An increase in the sample size results in an increase in power

Page 272: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Two-Sample Tests

Two-Sample Tests

Population Population Population Population

Population Means,

Independent Samples

Population Means, Related Samples

Population Variances

Group 1 vs. Group 2

Same group before vs. after treatment

Variance 1 vs.Variance 2

Examples:

Population Proportions

Proportion 1 vs. Proportion 2

Page 273: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Difference Between Two Means

Population means, independent

samples

Goal: Test hypothesis or form a confidence interval for the difference between two population means, µ – µ

*population means, µ1 – µ2

The point estimate for the difference is

X1 – X2

σ1 and σ2 unknown, assumed equal

σ1 and σ2 unknown, not assumed equal

Page 274: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Difference Between Two Means: Independent Samples

Population means, independent

samples*

� Different data sources� Unrelated

� Independent� Sample selected from one

population has no effect on the sample selected from the other

Use Sp to estimate unknown σ. Use a Pooled-Variance t test.

σ1 and σ2 unknown, assumed equal

σ1 and σ2 unknown, not assumed equal

Use S1 and S2 to estimate unknown σ1 and σ2. Use a Separate-variance t test

sample selected from the other population

Page 275: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Hypothesis Tests forTwo Population Means

Lower-tail test:

H : µ ≥≥≥≥ µ

Upper-tail test:

H : µ ≤ µ

Two-tail test:

H : µ = µ

Two Population Means, Independent Samples

H0: µ1 ≥≥≥≥ µ2

H1: µ1 < µ2

i.e.,

H0: µ1 – µ2 ≥≥≥≥ 0H1: µ1 – µ2 < 0

H0: µ1 ≤ µ2

H1: µ1 > µ2

i.e.,

H0: µ1 – µ2 ≤ 0H1: µ1 – µ2 > 0

H0: µ1 = µ2

H1: µ1 ≠ µ2

i.e.,

H0: µ1 – µ2 = 0H1: µ1 – µ2 ≠ 0

Page 276: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Two Population Means, Independent Samples

Lower-tail test:

H0: µ1 – µ2 ≥≥≥≥ 0H1: µ1 – µ2 < 0

Upper-tail test:

H0: µ1 – µ2 ≤ 0H1: µ1 – µ2 > 0

Two-tail test:

H0: µ1 – µ2 = 0H1: µ1 – µ2 ≠ 0

Hypothesis tests for µ1 – µ2

1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2

αααα αααα/2 αααα/2αααα

-tα -tα/2tα tα/2

Reject H0 if tSTAT < -tα Reject H0 if tSTAT > tα Reject H0 if tSTAT < -tα/2or tSTAT > tα/2

Page 277: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Population means, independent

samples

Hypothesis tests for µ1 - µ2 with σ1

and σ2 unknown and assumed equal

Assumptions:

� Samples are randomly andindependently drawn

� Populations are normallydistributed or both samplesizes are at least 30

� Population variances areunknown but assumed equal

*σ1 and σ2 unknown, assumed equal

σ1 and σ2 unknown, not assumed equal

Page 278: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Population means, independent

samples

• The pooled variance is:

• The test statistic is:

(continued)

( ) ( )1)n(n

S1nS1nS

21

2

22

2

112p

−+−

−+−=

()1

*

Hypothesis tests for µ1 - µ2 with σ1

and σ2 unknown and assumed equal

• The test statistic is:

• Where tSTAT has d.f. = (n1 + n2 – 2)

*σ1 and σ2 unknown, assumed equal

σ1 and σ2 unknown, not assumed equal

( ) ( )

+

−−−=

21

2p

2121STAT

n

1

n

1S

µµXXt

Page 279: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Population means, independent

samplesThe confidence interval for

µ – µ is:

Confidence interval for µ1 - µ2 with σ1and σ2 unknown and assumed equal

( )

+±−

21

2p/221

n

1

n

1SXX αt

µ1 – µ2 is:

Where tα/2 has d.f. = n1 + n2 – 2

*σ1 and σ2 unknown, assumed equal

σ1 and σ2 unknown, not assumed equal

Page 280: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Pooled-Variance t Test Example

You are a financial analyst for a brokerage firm. Is there a difference in dividend yield between stocks listed on the NYSE & NASDAQ? You collect the following data:

NYSE NASDAQNumber 21 25Number 21 25Sample mean 3.27 2.53Sample std dev 1.30 1.16

Assuming both populations are approximately normal with equal variances, isthere a difference in meanyield (α = 0.05)?

Page 281: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Pooled-Variance t Test Example: Calculating the Test Statistic

( ) ( ) ( )µµXX −−−−−

The test statistic is:

(continued)

H0: µ1 - µ2 = 0 i.e. (µ1 = µ2)H1: µ1 - µ2 ≠ 0 i.e. (µ1 ≠ µ2)

( ) ( ) ( ) ( )1.5021

1)25(1)-(21

1.161251.30121

1)n()1(n

S1nS1nS

22

21

2

22

2

112p =

−+

−+−=

−+−

−+−=

( ) ( ) ( )2.040

25

1

21

15021.1

02.533.27

n

1

n

1S

µµXXt

21

2p

2121=

+

−−=

+

−−−=

Page 282: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Pooled-Variance t Test Example: Hypothesis Test Solution

H0: µ1 - µ2 = 0 i.e. (µ1 = µ2)

H1: µ1 - µ2 ≠ 0 i.e. (µ1 ≠ µ2)

αααα = 0.05

df = 21 + 25 - 2 = 44 t0 2.0154-2.0154

.025

Reject H0 Reject H0

.025

Critical Values: t = ± 2.0154

Test Statistic: Decision:

Conclusion:

Reject H0 at αααα = 0.05

There is evidence of a difference in means.

t

2.040

2.040

25

1

21

15021.1

2.533.27t =

+

−=

Page 283: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Pooled-Variance t Test Example: Confidence Interval for µ1 - µ2

Since we rejected H0 can we be 95% confident that µNYSE

> µNASDAQ?

95% Confidence Interval for µNYSE - µNASDAQ95% Confidence Interval for µNYSE - µNASDAQ

Since 0 is less than the entire interval, we can be 95% confident that µNYSE > µNASDAQ

(((( )))) )471.1,009.0(3628.00154.274.0 n

1

n

1SXX

21

2

p/221 ====××××±±±±====

++++±±±±−−−− ααααt

Page 284: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Population means, independent

samples

Hypothesis tests for µ1 - µ2 with σ1

and σ2 unknown, not assumed equal

Assumptions:

� Samples are randomly andindependently drawn

� Populations are normallydistributed or both samplesizes are at least 30

� Population variances areunknown and cannot beassumed to be equal*

σ1 and σ2 unknown, assumed equal

σ1 and σ2 unknown, not assumed equal

Page 285: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Related PopulationsThe Paired Difference Test

Tests Means of 2 Related Populations

� Paired or matched samples

� Repeated measures (before/after)

� Use difference between paired values:

Related samples

� Eliminates Variation Among Subjects

� Assumptions:

� Both Populations Are Normally Distributed

� Or, if not Normal, use large samples

Di = X1i - X2i

Page 286: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Related PopulationsThe Paired Difference Test

The ith paired difference is Di , where

Related samples

Di = X1i - X2i

The point estimate for the Dn

(continued)

The point estimate for the paired difference population mean µD is D : n

D

D 1ii∑

==

n is the number of pairs in the paired sample

1n

)D(D

S

n

1i

2i

D−

=∑

=

The sample standard deviation is SD

Page 287: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� The test statistic for µD is:Paired

samples

µDt D−

=

The Paired Difference Test:Finding tSTAT

n

S

µDt

DSTAT

D−=

� Where tSTAT has n - 1 d.f.

Page 288: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Lower-tail test:

H0: µD ≥≥≥≥ 0H : µ < 0

Upper-tail test:

H0: µD ≤ 0H : µ > 0

Two-tail test:

H0: µD = 0H : µ ≠ 0

Paired Samples

The Paired Difference Test: Possible Hypotheses

H1: µD < 0 H1: µD > 0 H1: µD ≠ 0

αααα αααα/2 αααα/2αααα

-tα -tα/2tα tα/2

Reject H0 if tSTAT < -tα Reject H0 if tSTAT > tα Reject H0 if tSTAT < -tα/2or tSTAT > tα/2

Where tSTAT has n - 1 d.f.

Page 289: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The confidence interval for µD isPaired samples

SD2/αtD ±

The Paired Difference Confidence Interval

1n

)D(D

S

n

1i

2i

D−

=∑

=

n2/αtD ±

where

Page 290: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� Assume you send your salespeople to a “customer service” training workshop. Has the training made a difference in the number of complaints? You collect the following data:

Paired Difference Test: Example

Number of Complaints: (2) - (1) Σ DNumber of Complaints: (2) - (1)Salesperson Before (1) After (2) Difference, Di

C.B. 6 4 - 2

T.F. 20 6 -14

M.H. 3 2 - 1

R.K. 0 0 0

M.O. 4 0 - 4

-21

D =Σ Di

n

5 .6 7

1n

)D(DS

2i

D

=

−=

= -4.2

Page 291: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� Has the training made a difference in the number of complaints (at the 0.01 level)?

H0: µD = 0H1: µD ≠ 0

Reject

αααα/2

Paired Difference Test: Solution

Reject

αααα/2

- 4.2D =

1 .6 655 .6 7 /

04 .2

n/S

µt

D

S T A TD −=

−−=

−=

D

Test Statistic:

t0.005 = ± 4.604d.f. = n - 1 = 4

αααα/2

- 4.604 4.604

Decision: Do not reject H0

(tstat is not in the reject region)

Conclusion: There is not a significant change in the number of complaints.

αααα/2

- 1.66αααα = .01

Page 292: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Two Population Proportions

Goal: test a hypothesis or form a confidence interval for the difference between two population proportions,

π1 – π2

Population proportions

1 2

The point estimate for the difference is

Assumptions:

n1 π1 ≥ 5 , n1(1- π1) ≥ 5

n2 π2 ≥ 5 , n2(1- π2) ≥ 5

21 pp −

Page 293: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Two Population Proportions

Population proportions

The pooled estimate for the overall proportion is:

In the null hypothesis we assume the

null hypothesis is true, so we assume π1

= π2 and pool the two sample estimates

21

21

nn

XXp

+

+=

overall proportion is:

where X1 and X2 are the number of items of interest in samples 1 and 2

Page 294: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Two Population Proportions

Population proportions

( ) ( )−−− pp ππ

The test statistic for

π1 – π2 is a Z statistic:

(continued)

( ) ( )

+−

−−−=

21

2121STAT

n

1

n

1)p(1p

ppZ

ππ

2

22

1

11

21

21

n

Xp ,

n

Xp ,

nn

XXp ==

+

+=where

Page 295: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Hypothesis Tests forTwo Population Proportions

Population proportions

Lower-tail test:

H : π ≥≥≥≥ π

Upper-tail test:

H : π ≤ π

Two-tail test:

H : π = πH0: π1 ≥≥≥≥ π2

H1: π1 < π2

i.e.,

H0: π1 – π2 ≥≥≥≥ 0H1: π1 – π2 < 0

H0: π1 ≤ π2

H1: π1 > π2

i.e.,

H0: π1 – π2 ≤ 0H1: π1 – π2 > 0

H0: π1 = π2

H1: π1 ≠ π2

i.e.,

H0: π1 – π2 = 0H1: π1 – π2 ≠ 0

Page 296: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Hypothesis Tests forTwo Population Proportions

Population proportions

Lower-tail test:

H0: π1 – π2 ≥≥≥≥ 0H1: π1 – π2 < 0

Upper-tail test:

H0: π1 – π2 ≤ 0H1: π1 – π2 > 0

Two-tail test:

H0: π1 – π2 = 0H1: π1 – π2 ≠ 0

(continued)

1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2

αααα αααα/2 αααα/2αααα

-zα -zα/2zα zα/2

Reject H0 if ZSTAT < -Zα Reject H0 if ZSTAT > Zα Reject H0 if ZSTAT < -Zα/2or ZSTAT > Zα/2

Page 297: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Hypothesis Test Example: Two population Proportions

Is there a significant difference between the proportion of men and the proportion of women who will vote Yes on Proposition A?

� In a random sample, 36 of 72 men and 35 of 50 women indicated they would vote Yes

� Test at the .05 level of significance

Page 298: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� The hypothesis test is:H0: π1 – π2 = 0 (the two proportions are equal)

H1: π1 – π2 ≠ 0 (there is a significant difference between proportions)

The sample proportions are:

Hypothesis Test Example: Two population Proportions

(continued)

� The sample proportions are:

� Men: p1 = 36/72 = 0.50

� Women: p2 = 35/50 = 0.70

.582122

71

5072

3536

nn

XXp

21

21 ========++++

++++====

++++

++++====

� The pooled estimate for the overall proportion is:

Page 299: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The test statistic for π1 – π2 is:

Hypothesis Test Example: Two population Proportions

(continued)

.025

-1.96 1.96

.025

(((( )))) (((( ))))

11p(1p

ppz 2121

STAT

++++−−−−

−−−−−−−−−−−−====

)

ππππππππ

Reject H0 Reject H0

-1.96 1.96-2.20

Decision: Do not reject H0

Conclusion: There is not significant evidence of a difference in proportions who will vote yes between men and women.

(((( )))) (((( ))))2.20

50

1

72

1.582)(1.582

0.70.50

nnp(1p

21

−−−−====

++++−−−−

−−−−−−−−====

++++−−−− )

Critical Values = ±1.96For αααα = .05

Page 300: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Confidence Interval forTwo Population Proportions

Population proportions

The confidence interval for

π1 – π2 is:

( )2

22

1

11/221

n

)p(1p

n

)p(1pZpp

−+

−±− α

Page 301: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Testing for the Ratio Of Two Population Variances

Tests for TwoPopulation Variances

H0: σ12 = σ2

2

H1: σ12 ≠ σ2

2

H0: σ12 ≤ σ2

2

*Hypotheses FSTAT

S12 / S2

2

F test statistic

H0: σ1 ≤ σ2

H1: σ12 > σ2

2

S12 = Variance of sample 1 (the larger sample variance)

n1 = sample size of sample 1

S22 = Variance of sample 2 (the smaller sample variance)

n2 = sample size of sample 2

n1 –1 = numerator degrees of freedom

n2 – 1 = denominator degrees of freedom

Where:

Page 302: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� The F critical value is found from the F table

� There are two degrees of freedom required: numerator

and denominator

� The larger sample variance is always the numerator

The F Distribution

The larger sample variance is always the numerator

� When

� In the F table,

� numerator degrees of freedom determine the column

� denominator degrees of freedom determine the row

df1 = n1 – 1 ; df2 = n2 – 12

2

2

1

S

SFSTAT ====

Page 303: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Finding the Rejection Region

H0: σ12 = σ2

2

H1: σ12 ≠ σ2

2

H0: σ12 ≤ σ2

2

H1: σ12 > σ2

2

α/2

F0

α

FαReject H0Do not

reject H0

Reject H0 if FSTAT > Fα

F

0

α/2

Reject H0Do not reject H0 Fα/2

Reject H0 if FSTAT > Fα/2

Page 304: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

F Test: An Example

You are a financial analyst for a brokerage firm. You want to compare dividend yields between stocks listed

on the NYSE & NASDAQ. You collect the following data:

NYSE NASDAQNYSE NASDAQNumber 21 25Mean 3.27 2.53Std dev 1.30 1.16

Is there a difference in the

variances between the NYSE

& NASDAQ at the αααα = 0.05 level?

Page 305: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

F Test: Example Solution

� Form the hypothesis test:

H0: σ21 = σ2

2 (there is no difference between variances)

H1: σ21 ≠ σ2

2 (there is a difference between variances)

� Find the F critical value for αααα = 0.05:Find the F critical value for αααα = 0.05:

� Numerator d.f. = n1 – 1 = 21 –1 =20

� Denominator d.f. = n2 – 1 = 25 –1 = 24

� Fα/2 = F.025, 20, 24 = 2.33

Page 306: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� The test statistic is:

256.116.1

30.12

2

2

2

2

1 ===S

SFSTAT

α/2 = .025

H0: σ12 = σ2

2

H1: σ12 ≠ σ2

2

F Test: Example Solution

(continued)

0

α/2 = .025

F0.025=2.33Reject H0Do not

reject H0� FSTAT = 1.256 is not in the rejection

region, so we do not reject H0

� Conclusion: There is not sufficient evidence of a difference in variances at α = .05

F

Page 307: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

فصل هفتمفصل هفتم

توزیع خی دوتوزیع خی دو

Page 308: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Chi-Square Test for a Variance or Standard Deviation

� A χ2 test statistic is used to test whether or not the population variance or standard deviation is equal to a specified value:

22 1)S-(n

====χH0: σ

2 = σ02

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Where n = sample size

S2 = sample variance

σ2 = hypothesized population variance

follows a chi-square distribution with d.f. = n - 1

====STATχ

2

STATχ

Ha: σ2 ≠ σ0

2

Reject H0 if > or if < 2

STATχχχχ 2

2/ααααχχχχ 2

STATχχχχ 2

2/1 ααααχχχχ −−−−

Page 309: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Chi-Square Test For A Variance: An Example

Suppose you have gathered a random sample of size 25 and

obtained a sample standard deviation of s = 7 and want to

do the following hypothesis test:

H0: σ2 = 81

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

H0: σ = 81

Ha: σ2 ≠ 81

185.1481

49*24

σ

1)S-(n2

22 ============STATχ

Since < 14.185 < you fail to reject H0401.122

975.0 ====χχχχ 364.392

025.0 ====χχχχ

Page 310: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Contingency Tables

Contingency Tables

� Useful in situations comparing multiple population proportions

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� Used to classify sample observations according to two or more characteristics

� Also called a cross-classification table.

Page 311: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Contingency Table Example

Left-Handed vs. Gender

Dominant Hand: Left vs. Right

Gender: Male vs. Female

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Gender: Male vs. Female

� 2 categories for each variable, so this

is called a 2 x 2 table

� Suppose we examine a sample of300 children

Page 312: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Contingency Table Example

Sample results organized in a contingency table:

(continued)

Gender

Hand Preference

Left Rightsample size = n = 300:

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Gender Left Right

Female 12 108 120

Male 24 156 180

36 264 300

120 Females, 12 were left handed

180 Males, 24 were left handed

Page 313: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

χ2 Test for the Difference Between Two Proportions

H0: π1 = π2 (Proportion of females who are left

handed is equal to the proportion of

males who are left handed)

H1: π1 ≠ π2 (The two proportions are not the same –

hand preference is not independent

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� If H0 is true, then the proportion of left-handed females should be the same as the proportion of left-handed males

� The two proportions above should be the same as the proportion of left-handed people overall

hand preference is not independent

of gender)

Page 314: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Chi-Square Test Statistic

∑−

=

cells

2

2)(

all e

eo

STAT f

ffχ

The Chi-square test statistic is:

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� where:

fo = observed frequency in a particular cell

fe = expected frequency in a particular cell if H0 is true

(Assumed: each cell in the contingency table has expected

frequency of at least 5)

cells all e

freedom of degree 1 has case 2x 2 thefor 2

STATχ

Page 315: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Decision Rule

The test statistic approximately follows a chi-squared distribution with one degree of freedom

2

STATχ

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

χχχχ2222

χ2α

Decision Rule:If , reject H0, otherwise, do not reject H0

0

α

Reject H0Do not reject H0

22

αSTAT χ χ >>>>

Page 316: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Computing the Average Proportion

Here:120 Females, 12

n

X

nn

XXp

21

21 =+

+=

The average proportion is:

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Here:120 Females, 12 were left handed

180 Males, 24 were left handed

i.e., based on all 180 children the proportion of left handers is 0.12, that is, 12%

12.0300

36

180120

2412p ==

+

+=

Page 317: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Finding Expected Frequencies

� To obtain the expected frequency for left handed females, multiply the average proportion left handed (p) by the total number of females

� To obtain the expected frequency for left handed males,

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� To obtain the expected frequency for left handed males, multiply the average proportion left handed (p) by the total number of males

If the two proportions are equal, then

P(Left Handed | Female) = P(Left Handed | Male) = .12

i.e., we would expect (.12)(120) = 14.4 females to be left handed(.12)(180) = 21.6 males to be left handed

Page 318: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Observed vs. Expected Frequencies

Gender

Hand Preference

Left Right

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

FemaleObserved = 12

Expected = 14.4

Observed = 108

Expected = 105.6120

MaleObserved = 24

Expected = 21.6

Observed = 156

Expected = 158.4180

36 264 300

Page 319: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Gender

Hand Preference

Left Right

FemaleObserved = 12

Expected = 14.4

Observed = 108

Expected = 105.6120

Observed = 24 Observed = 156

The Chi-Square Test Statistic

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

MaleObserved = 24

Expected = 21.6

Observed = 156

Expected = 158.4180

36 264 300

0.7576158.4

158.4)(156

21.6

21.6)(24

105.6

105.6)(108

14.4

14.4)(12

f

)f(fχ

2222

cells all e

2

eo2

=−

+−

+−

+−

=

−= ∑STAT

The test statistic is:

Page 320: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Decision Rule

Decision Rule:If > 3.841, reject H0, otherwise, do not reject H

3.841 d.f. 1 with ; 0.7576 is statistic test The 2

05.0

2 == χχSTAT

2

STATχ

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

otherwise, do not reject H0

Here, = 0.7576< = 3.841,

so we do not reject H0 and conclude that there is not sufficient evidence that the two proportions are different at α = 0.05

χχχχ2222

χ20.05 = 3.841

0

0.05

Reject H0Do not reject H0

2

STATχ

2

05.0χ

Page 321: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� Extend the χ2 test to the case with more than two independent populations:

χ2 Test for Differences Among More Than Two Proportions

H : π = π = … = π

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

H0: π1 = π2 = … = πc

H1: Not all of the πj are equal (j = 1, 2, …, c)

Page 322: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Chi-Square Test Statistic

∑−

=

cells

2

2)(

all e

eo

STAT f

ffχ

The Chi-square test statistic is:

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� Where:

fo = observed frequency in a particular cell of the 2 x c table

fe = expected frequency in a particular cell if H0 is true

(Assumed: each cell in the contingency table has expected

frequency of at least 1)

cells all e

freedom of degrees 1-c 1)-1)(c-(2 has case cx 2 thefor χ2 ====STAT

Page 323: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Computing the Overall Proportion

n

X

nnn

XXXp

c21

c21 =+++

+++=

L

LThe overall proportion is:

� Expected cell frequencies for the c categories

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� Expected cell frequencies for the c categories are calculated as in the 2 x 2 case, and the decision rule is the same:

Where is from the chi-squared distribution with c – 1 degrees of freedom

Decision Rule:If , reject H0, otherwise, do not reject H0

22

αSTAT χ χ >>>>

2

αχ

Page 324: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Chi-Square Test Results

Chi-Square Test: Administrators, Students, Faculty

Admin Students Faculty Total

H0: π1 = π2 = π3

H1: Not all of the πj are equal (j = 1, 2, 3)

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Admin Students Faculty Total

Favor 63 20 37 120

60 30 30

Oppose 37 30 13 80

40 20 20

Total 100 50 50 200

ObservedExpected

0

2

010

2 Hreject so 9.2103 79212 =>=.STAT

χ.χ

Page 325: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

χ2 Test of Independence

� Similar to the χ2 test for equality of more than two proportions, but extends the concept to contingency tables with r rows and c columns

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

H0: The two categorical variables are independent

(i.e., there is no relationship between them)

H1: The two categorical variables are dependent

(i.e., there is a relationship between them)

Page 326: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

χ2 Test of Independence

∑−

=

cells

2

2)(

all e

eo

STAT f

ffχ

The Chi-square test statistic is:

(continued)

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� where:

fo = observed frequency in a particular cell of the r x c table

fe = expected frequency in a particular cell if H0 is true

(Assumed: each cell in the contingency table has expected

frequency of at least 1)

cells all e

freedom of degrees 1)-1)(c-(r has case cr x for the χ 2

STAT

Page 327: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Expected Cell Frequencies

� Expected cell frequencies:

n

total columntotalrow fe

×=

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

n

Where:

row total = sum of all frequencies in the row

column total = sum of all frequencies in the column

n = overall sample size

Page 328: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Decision Rule

� The decision rule is

If , reject H0,

otherwise, do not reject H

22

αSTAT χ χ >>>>

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Where is from the chi-squared distribution with (r – 1)(c – 1) degrees of freedom

otherwise, do not reject H0

2

αχ

Page 329: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example

� The meal plan selected by 200 students is shown below:

ClassStanding

Number of meals per week

Total20/week 10/week none

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Standing

Fresh. 24 32 14 70

Soph. 22 26 12 60

Junior 10 14 6 30

Senior 14 16 10 40

Total 70 88 42 200

Page 330: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example

� The hypothesis to be tested is:

(continued)

H0: Meal plan and class standing are independent

(i.e., there is no relationship between them)

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

(i.e., there is no relationship between them)

H1: Meal plan and class standing are dependent

(i.e., there is a relationship between them)

Page 331: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ClassStanding

Number of meals per week

Total20/wk 10/wk none

Fresh. 24 32 14 70

Soph. 22 26 12 60 Number of meals per week

Observed:

Expected cell frequencies if H0 is true:

Example: Expected Cell Frequencies

(continued)

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Junior 10 14 6 30

Senior 14 16 10 40

Total 70 88 42 200

ClassStanding

per week

Total20/wk 10/wk none

Fresh. 24.5 30.8 14.7 70

Soph. 21.0 26.4 12.6 60

Junior 10.5 13.2 6.3 30

Senior 14.0 17.6 8.4 40

Total 70 88 42 2005.10

200

7030

n

total columntotalrow fe

=

×=

Example for one cell:

Page 332: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example: The Test Statistic

� The test statistic value is:

cells

2

2

f

)ff(χ

all e

eo

STAT

−= ∑

(continued)

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

709048

4810

830

83032

524

52424 222

..

).(

.

).(

.

).(=

−++

−+

−= L

= 12.592 from the chi-squared distribution with (4 – 1)(3 – 1) = 6 degrees of freedom

2

050.χ

Page 333: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example: Decision and Interpretation

(continued)

Decision Rule:If > 12.592, reject H0, otherwise, do not reject H

12.592 d.f. 6 with ; 7090 is statistictest The 2

050

2 ========.STAT

χ.χ

2

STATχ

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

otherwise, do not reject H0

Here, = 0.709 < = 12.592,

so do not reject H0

Conclusion: there is not sufficient evidence that meal plan and class standing are related at α = 0.05

χχχχ2222

χ20.05=12.592

0

0.05

Reject H0Do not reject H0

2

STATχ 2

050.χ

Page 334: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

فصل هشتمفصل هشتم

رگرسیون خطیرگرسیون خطی

Page 335: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Correlation vs. Regression

� A scatter plot can be used to show the relationship between two variables

� Correlation analysis is used to measure the strength of the association (linear relationship) between two variables

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

between two variables

� Correlation is only concerned with strength of the relationship

� No causal effect is implied with correlation

� Scatter plots were first presented in Ch. 2

� Correlation was first presented in Ch. 3

Page 336: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Introduction to Regression Analysis

� Regression analysis is used to:

� Predict the value of a dependent variable based on the value of at least one independent variable

� Explain the impact of changes in an independent

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Explain the impact of changes in an independent variable on the dependent variable

Dependent variable: the variable we wish topredict or explain

Independent variable: the variable used to predict or explain the dependent variable

Page 337: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Simple Linear Regression Model

� Only one independent variable, X

� Relationship between X and Y is described by a linear function

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� Changes in Y are assumed to be related to changes in X

Page 338: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Types of Relationships

Y Y

Linear relationships Curvilinear relationships

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Y

X

X

Y

X

X

Page 339: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Types of Relationships

Y Y

Strong relationships Weak relationships

(continued)

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Y

X

X

Y

X

X

Page 340: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Types of Relationships

Y

No relationship

(continued)

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Y

X

X

Page 341: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Simple Linear Regression Model

Population Y intercept

Population SlopeCoefficient

Random Error term

Dependent

Independent Variable

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

ii10i εXββY ++=Linear component

Dependent Variable

Random Errorcomponent

Page 342: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

(continued)

Y

Observed Value of Y for Xi

ii10i εXββY ++=

ε

Simple Linear Regression Model

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Random Error for this Xi value

X

Predicted Value of Y for Xi

Xi

Slope = β1

Intercept = β0

εi

Page 343: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The simple linear regression equation provides an estimate of the population regression line

Simple Linear Regression Equation (Prediction Line)

Estimate of the regression

Estimate of the regression slope

Estimated (or predicted) Y value for

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

i10i XbbY +=

the regression intercept

regression slopeY value for observation i

Value of X for observation i

Page 344: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Least Squares Method

b0 and b1 are obtained by finding the values of

that minimize the sum of the squared

differences between Y and :Y

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

2i10i

2ii ))Xb(b(Ymin)Y(Ymin +−=− ∑∑

Page 345: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Finding the Least Squares Equation

� The coefficients b0 and b1 , and other regression results in this chapter, will be found using Excel

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

found using Excel

Formulas are shown in the text for those

who are interested

Page 346: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Simple Linear Regression Example

� A real estate agent wishes to examine the relationship between the selling price of a home and its size (measured in square feet)

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� A random sample of 10 houses is selected

� Dependent variable (Y) = house price in $1000s

� Independent variable (X) = square feet

Page 347: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Simple Linear Regression Example: Data

House Price in $1000s(Y)

Square Feet (X)

245 1400

312 1600

279 1700

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

308 1875

199 1100

219 1550

405 2350

324 2450

319 1425

255 1700

Page 348: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

300

350

400

450

Ho

us

e P

ric

e (

$1

00

0s

)

Simple Linear Regression Example: Scatter Plot

House price model: Scatter Plot

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Ho

us

e P

ric

e (

$1

00

0s

)

Square Feet

Page 349: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

350

400

450H

ou

se

Pri

ce

($

10

00

s)

Simple Linear Regression Example: Graphical Representation

House price model: Scatter Plot and Prediction Line

Slope

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Square Feet

Ho

us

e P

ric

e (

$1

00

0s

)

feet) (square 0.10977 98.24833 price house +=

Slope = 0.10977

Intercept = 98.248

Page 350: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Simple Linear Regression Example: Interpretation of bo

� b0 is the estimated average value of Y when the

value of X is zero (if X = 0 is in the range of

feet) (square 0.10977 98.24833 price house +=

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

value of X is zero (if X = 0 is in the range of

observed X values)

� Because a house cannot have a square footage

of 0, b0 has no practical application

Page 351: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Simple Linear Regression Example: Interpreting b1

� b1 estimates the change in the average

value of Y as a result of a one-unit

feet) (square 0.10977 98.24833 price house +=

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

value of Y as a result of a one-unit

increase in X

� Here, b1 = 0.10977 tells us that the mean value of a

house increases by .10977($1000) = $109.77, on

average, for each additional one square foot of size

Page 352: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

(sq.ft.) 0.1098 98.25 price house +=

Predict the price for a house with 2000 square feet:

Simple Linear Regression Example: Making Predictions

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

317.85

0)0.1098(200 98.25

=

+=

The predicted price for a house with 2000 square feet is 317.85($1,000s) = $317,850

Page 353: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

450

Simple Linear Regression Example: Making Predictions

� When using a regression model for prediction, only predict within the relevant range of data

Relevant range for interpolation

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

Square Feet

Ho

us

e P

ric

e (

$1

00

0s

)

Do not try to extrapolate

beyond the range of observed X’s

Page 354: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Measures of Variation

� Total variation is made up of two parts:

SSE SSR SST +=Total Sum of Regression Sum Error Sum of

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Total Sum of Squares

Regression Sum of Squares

Error Sum of Squares

∑ −= 2i )YY(SST ∑ −= 2

ii )YY(SSE∑ −= 2i )YY(SSR

where:

= Mean value of the dependent variable

Yi = Observed value of the dependent variable

= Predicted value of Y for the given Xi valueiY

Y

Page 355: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� SST = total sum of squares (Total Variation)

� Measures the variation of the Yi values around their mean Y

� SSR = regression sum of squares (Explained Variation)

(continued)

Measures of Variation

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� SSR = regression sum of squares (Explained Variation)

� Variation attributable to the relationship between X and Y

� SSE = error sum of squares (Unexplained Variation)

� Variation in Y attributable to factors other than X

Page 356: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

(continued)

Yi

SST = ∑∑∑∑(Yi - Y)2

SSE = ∑∑∑∑(Yi - Yi )2

∧∧∧∧

_

Y∧∧∧∧

Y

Measures of Variation

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Xi

Y

X

SST = ∑∑∑∑(Yi - Y)

SSR = ∑∑∑∑(Yi - Y)2∧∧∧∧

_

_

Y_Y∧∧∧∧

Page 357: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� The coefficient of determination is the portion of the total variation in the dependent variable that is explained by variation in the independent variable

Coefficient of Determination, r2

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� The coefficient of determination is also called r-squared and is denoted as r2

1r0 2 ≤≤note:

squares of sum total

squares of sum regression2 ==SST

SSRr

Page 358: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Examples of Approximate r2 Values

Y

r2 = 1

Perfect linear relationship

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

r2 = 1

X

Y

X

r2 = 1

Perfect linear relationship between X and Y:

100% of the variation in Y is explained by variation in X

Page 359: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Examples of Approximate r2 Values

Y

0 < r2 < 1

Weaker linear relationships

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

X

Y

X

Weaker linear relationships between X and Y:

Some but not all of the variation in Y is explained by variation in X

Page 360: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Examples of Approximate r2 Values

r2 = 0

No linear relationship

Y

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

No linear relationship between X and Y:

The value of Y does not depend on X. (None of the variation in Y is explained by variation in X)

Xr2 = 0

Page 361: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Standard Error of Estimate

� The standard deviation of the variation of observations around the regression line is estimated by

∑n

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

2

)ˆ(

2

1

2

=−

=

∑=

n

YY

n

SSES

n

i

ii

YX

WhereSSE = error sum of squares

n = sample size

Page 362: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Comparing Standard Errors

YY

SYX is a measure of the variation of observed Y values from the regression line

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

X XYX

S smallYX

S large

The magnitude of SYX should always be judged relative to the size of the Y values in the sample data

i.e., SYX = $41.33K is moderately small relative to house prices in the $200K - $400K range

Page 363: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Assumptions of RegressionL.I.N.E

� Linearity

� The relationship between X and Y is linear

� Independence of Errors

Error values are statistically independent

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� Error values are statistically independent

� Normality of Error

� Error values are normally distributed for any given value of X

� Equal Variance (also called homoscedasticity)

� The probability distribution of the errors has constant variance

Page 364: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Residual Analysis

� The residual for observation i, ei, is the difference between its observed and predicted value

� Check the assumptions of regression by examining the residuals

iii YYe −=

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

residuals

� Examine for linearity assumption

� Evaluate independence assumption

� Evaluate normal distribution assumption

� Examine for constant variance for all levels of X (homoscedasticity)

� Graphical Analysis of Residuals

� Can plot residuals vs. X

Page 365: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Residual Analysis for Linearity

Y Y

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Not Linear Linear�

x

resid

ua

ls

x

x x

resid

ua

ls

Page 366: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Residual Analysis for Independence

Not Independent

Independent

X

resid

ua

ls

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

X

Xresid

ua

ls

resid

ua

lsX

resid

ua

ls

Page 367: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Residual Analysis for Normality

Percent

When using a normal probability plot, normal errors will approximately display in a straight line

100

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Residual-3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3

0

100

Page 368: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Residual Analysis for Equal Variance

Y Y

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Non-constant variance � Constant variance

x x

x x

resid

ua

ls

resid

ua

ls

Page 369: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

House Price Model Residual Plot

40

60

80

Simple Linear Regression Example: Excel Residual Output

RESIDUAL OUTPUT

Predicted House Price Residuals

1 251.92316 -6.923162

2 273.87671 38.12329

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

-60

-40

-20

0

20

40

0 1000 2000 3000

Square Feet

Re

sid

ua

ls

2 273.87671 38.12329

3 284.85348 -5.853484

4 304.06284 3.937162

5 218.99284 -19.99284

6 268.38832 -49.38832

7 356.20251 48.79749

8 367.17929 -43.17929

9 254.6674 64.33264

10 284.85348 -29.85348

Does not appear to violate

any regression assumptions

Page 370: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� Used when data are collected over time to detect if autocorrelation is present

� Autocorrelation exists if residuals in one

Measuring Autocorrelation:The Durbin-Watson Statistic

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� Autocorrelation exists if residuals in one time period are related to residuals in another period

Page 371: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Autocorrelation

� Autocorrelation is correlation of the errors (residuals) over time

Time (t) Residual Plot

10

15

� Here, residuals show a

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� Violates the regression assumption that residuals are random and independent

-15

-10

-5

0

5

10

0 2 4 6 8

Time (t)

Resid

uals

� Here, residuals show a cyclic pattern, not random. Cyclical patterns are a sign of positive autocorrelation

Page 372: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Durbin-Watson Statistic

� The Durbin-Watson statistic is used to test for autocorrelation

H0: residuals are not correlated

H1: positive autocorrelation is present

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

=

=

−−

=n

1i

2i

n

2i

21ii

e

)ee(

D

� The possible range is 0 ≤ D ≤ 4

� D should be close to 2 if H0 is true

� D less than 2 may signal positive autocorrelation, D greater than 2 may signal negative autocorrelation

H1: positive autocorrelation is present

Page 373: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Testing for Positive Autocorrelation

� Calculate the Durbin-Watson test statistic = D (The Durbin-Watson Statistic can be found using Excel or Minitab)

H0: positive autocorrelation does not exist

H1: positive autocorrelation is present

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

(The Durbin-Watson Statistic can be found using Excel or Minitab)

Decision rule: reject H0 if D < dL

0 dU 2dL

Reject H0 Do not reject H0

� Find the values dL and dU from the Durbin-Watson table(for sample size n and number of independent variables k)

Inconclusive

Page 374: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� Suppose we have the following time series data:

140

160

Testing for Positive Autocorrelation (continued)

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� Is there autocorrelation?

y = 30.65 + 4.7038x

R2 = 0.8976

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Tim e

Sa

les

Page 375: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� Example with n = 25:

Durbin-Watson Calculations

Sum of Squared Difference of Residuals 3296.18

y = 30.65 + 4.7038x

R2 = 0.8976

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

Sa

les

Testing for Positive Autocorrelation

(continued)

Excel/PHStat output:

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Difference of Residuals 3296.18

Sum of Squared Residuals 3279.98

Durbin-Watson Statistic 1.00494

0

20

40

0 5 10 15 20 25 30

Tim e

1.004943279.98

3296.18

e

)e(e

Dn

1i

2

i

n

2i

21ii

==

=

=

=

Page 376: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� Here, n = 25 and there is k = 1 one independent variable

� Using the Durbin-Watson table, dL = 1.29 and dU = 1.45

� D = 1.00494 < dL = 1.29, so reject H0 and conclude that significant positive autocorrelation exists

Testing for Positive Autocorrelation (continued)

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

significant positive autocorrelation exists

Decision: reject H0 since

D = 1.00494 < dL

0 dU=1.45 2dL=1.29

Reject H0 Do not reject H0Inconclusive

Page 377: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Inferences About the Slope

� The standard error of the regression slope coefficient (b1) is estimated by

== YXYX SSS

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

∑ −==

2i

YXYXb

)X(X

S

SSX

SS

1

where:

= Estimate of the standard error of the slope

= Standard error of the estimate

1bS

2n

SSESYX

−=

Page 378: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Inferences About the Slope: t Test

� t test for a population slope� Is there a linear relationship between X and Y?

� Null and alternative hypotheses� H : β = 0 (no linear relationship)

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� H0: β1 = 0 (no linear relationship)

� H1: β1 ≠ 0 (linear relationship does exist)

� Test statistic

1b

11STAT

S

βbt

−=

2nd.f. −=

where:

b1 = regression slopecoefficient

β1 = hypothesized slope

Sb1 = standarderror of the slope

Page 379: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Inferences About the Slope: t Test Example

House Price in $1000s

(y)

Square Feet (x)

245 1400

312 1600

(sq.ft.) 0.1098 98.25 price house +=

Estimated Regression Equation:

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

279 1700

308 1875

199 1100

219 1550

405 2350

324 2450

319 1425

255 1700

The slope of this model is 0.1098

Is there a relationship between the

square footage of the house and its

sales price?

Page 380: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Inferences About the Slope: t Test Example

H0: β1 = 0

H1: β1 ≠ 0From Excel output:

Coefficients Standard Error t Stat P-value

Intercept 98.24833 58.03348 1.69296 0.12892

Square Feet 0.10977 0.03297 3.32938 0.01039

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Square Feet 0.10977 0.03297 3.32938 0.01039

1bSb1

329383032970

0109770

S

βbt

1b

11

STAT.

.

.=

−=

−=

Page 381: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Inferences About the Slope: t Test Example

Test Statistic: tSTAT = 3.329

d.f. = 10- 2 = 8

H0: β1 = 0

H1: β1 ≠ 0

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

There is sufficient evidence

that square footage affects

house price

Decision: Reject H0

Reject H0Reject H0

α/2=.025

-tα/2

Do not reject H0

0tα/2

α/2=.025

-2.3060 2.3060 3.329

d.f. = 10- 2 = 8

Page 382: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Inferences About the Slope: t Test Example

H0: β1 = 0

H1: β1 ≠ 0

From Excel output:

Coefficients Standard Error t Stat P-value

Intercept 98.24833 58.03348 1.69296 0.12892

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Intercept 98.24833 58.03348 1.69296 0.12892

Square Feet 0.10977 0.03297 3.32938 0.01039

p-value

There is sufficient evidence that

square footage affects house price.

Decision: Reject H0, since p-value < α

Page 383: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

F Test for Significance

� F Test statistic:

where

MSE

MSRFSTAT =

SSRMSR =

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

where

1kn

SSEMSE

k

SSRMSR

−−=

=

where FSTAT follows an F distribution with k numerator and (n – k - 1)denominator degrees of freedom

(k = the number of independent variables in the regression model)

Page 384: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

H0: β1 = 0

H1: β1 ≠ 0

α = .05

df1= 1 df2 = 8

Test Statistic:

Decision:

11.08FSTAT ==MSE

MSR

F Test for Significance(continued)

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

df1= 1 df2 = 8 Decision:

Conclusion:

Reject H0 at αααα = 0.05

There is sufficient evidence that house size affects selling price0

α = .05

F.05 = 5.32Reject H0Do not

reject H0

Critical Value:

Fαααα = 5.32

F

Page 385: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Confidence Interval Estimate for the Slope

Confidence Interval Estimate of the Slope:

Excel Printout for House Prices:

1b2/1 Sb αt± d.f. = n - 2

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Excel Printout for House Prices:

At 95% level of confidence, the confidence interval for the slope is (0.0337, 0.1858)

Coefficients Standard Error t Stat P-value Lower 95% Upper 95%

Intercept 98.24833 58.03348 1.69296 0.12892 -35.57720 232.07386

Square Feet 0.10977 0.03297 3.32938 0.01039 0.03374 0.18580

Page 386: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Since the units of the house price variable is

Coefficients Standard Error t Stat P-value Lower 95% Upper 95%

Intercept 98.24833 58.03348 1.69296 0.12892 -35.57720 232.07386

Square Feet 0.10977 0.03297 3.32938 0.01039 0.03374 0.18580

Confidence Interval Estimate for the Slope (continued)

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Since the units of the house price variable is $1000s, we are 95% confident that the average impact on sales price is between $33.74 and $185.80 per square foot of house size

This 95% confidence interval does not include 0.

Conclusion: There is a significant relationship between house price and square feet at the .05 level of significance

Page 387: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

t Test for a Correlation Coefficient

� Hypotheses

H0: ρ = 0 (no correlation between X and Y)

H1: ρ ≠ 0 (correlation exists)

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� Test statistic

(with n – 2 degrees of freedom)

2n

r1

ρ-rt

2STAT

=

0 b if rr

0 b if rr

where

12

12

<−=

>+=

Page 388: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

t-test For A Correlation Coefficient

Is there evidence of a linear relationship between square feet and house price at the .05 level of significance?

H0: ρ = 0 (No correlation)

(continued)

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

H1: ρ ≠ 0 (correlation exists)

α =.05 , df = 10 - 2 = 8

3.329

210

.7621

0.762

2n

r1

ρrt

22STAT =

−=

−=

Page 389: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

t-test For A Correlation Coefficient

Conclusion:

Decision:Reject H0

3.329

210

.7621

0.762

2n

r1

ρrt

22STAT =

−=

−=

(continued)

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Conclusion:There is evidence of a linear association at the 5% level of significance

Reject H0Reject H0

α/2=.025

-tα/2

Do not reject H0

0tα/2

α/2=.025

-2.3060 2.3060

3.329

d.f. = 10-2 = 8

2102n −−

Page 390: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Estimating Mean Values and Predicting Individual Values

YConfidence Interval for the mean of Y, given X

Goal: Form intervals around Y to express uncertainty about the value of Y for a given Xi

Y∧∧∧∧

Copyright ©2011 Pearson EducationXXi

Y = b0+b1Xi

∧∧∧∧

Y, given Xi

Prediction Interval

for an individual Y,given Xi

Page 391: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Confidence Interval for the Average Y, Given X

Confidence interval estimate for the mean value of Y given a particular Xi

XX|Y :µfor interval Confidencei

=

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Size of interval varies according to distance away from mean, X

ihtY YX2/

XX|Y

i

α±

=

∑ −

−+=

−+=

2i

2i

2i

i)X(X

)X(X

n

1

SSX

)X(X

n

1h

Page 392: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Prediction Interval for an Individual Y, Given X

Confidence interval estimate for an Individual value of Y given a particular Xi

= :Yfor interval Confidence XXi

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

This extra term adds to the interval width to reflect the added uncertainty for an individual case

ihtY +±

=

1Sˆ YX2/

XXi

α

Page 393: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Estimation of Mean Values: Example

Find the 95% confidence interval for the mean price of 2,000 square-foot houses

∧∧∧∧

Confidence Interval Estimate for µY|X=X i

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Predicted Price Yi = 317.85 ($1,000s)∧∧∧∧

37.12317.85)X(X

)X(X

n

1StY

2i

2i

YX0.025 ±=−

−+±

∑The confidence interval endpoints are 280.66 and 354.90, or from $280,660 to $354,900

Page 394: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Estimation of Individual Values: Example

Find the 95% prediction interval for an individual house with 2,000 square feet

∧∧∧∧

Prediction Interval Estimate for YX=X i

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Predicted Price Yi = 317.85 ($1,000s)∧∧∧∧

102.28317.85)X(X

)X(X

n

11StY

2i

2i

YX0.025 ±=−

−++±

∑The prediction interval endpoints are 215.50 and 420.07, or from $215,500 to $420,070

Page 395: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Finding Confidence and Prediction Intervals in Excel

� From Excel, use

PHStat | regression | simple linear regression …

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� Check the

“confidence and prediction interval for X=”

box and enter the X-value and confidence level desired

Page 396: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

فصل نهمفصل نهم

پیش بینیپیش بینی

Page 397: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

The Importance of Forecasting

� Governments forecast unemployment rates, interest rates, and expected revenues from income taxes for policy purposes

� Marketing executives forecast demand, sales, and

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� Marketing executives forecast demand, sales, and consumer preferences for strategic planning

� College administrators forecast enrollments to plan for facilities and for faculty recruitment

� Retail stores forecast demand to control inventory levels, hire employees and provide training

Page 398: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Common Approaches to Forecasting

Common Approaches to Forecasting

Quantitative forecasting Qualitative forecasting

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� Used when historical data are unavailable

� Considered highly subjective and judgmental

Causal

Quantitative forecasting methods

Qualitative forecasting methods

Time Series

� Use past data to predict future values

Page 399: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Time-Series Data

� Numerical data obtained at regular time intervals

� The time intervals can be annually, quarterly, monthly, weekly, daily, hourly, etc.

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

monthly, weekly, daily, hourly, etc.

� Example:

Year: 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009

Sales: 75.3 74.2 78.5 79.7 80.2

Page 400: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Time-Series Plot

� the vertical axis U.S. Inflation Rate

A time-series plot is a two-dimensional plot of time series data

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

the vertical axis measures the variable of interest

� the horizontal axis corresponds to the time periods

U.S. Inflation Rate

0.00

2.00

4.00

6.00

8.00

10.00

12.00

14.00

16.00

19

75

19

77

19

79

19

81

19

83

19

85

19

87

19

89

19

91

19

93

19

95

19

97

19

99

20

01

Year

Infl

ati

on

Ra

te (

%)

Page 401: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Time-Series Components

Time Series

Cyclical Component

Irregular Component

Trend Component

Seasonal Component

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Component ComponentComponent Component

Overall, persistent, long-term movement

Regular periodic fluctuations,

usually within a 12-month period

Repeating swings or

movements over more than one

year

Erratic or residual

fluctuations

Page 402: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Trend Component

� Long-run increase or decrease over time (overall upward or downward movement)

� Data taken over a long period of time

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Sales

Time

Page 403: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Trend Component

� Trend can be upward or downward

� Trend can be linear or non-linear

Sales Sales

(continued)

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Downward linear trend

Sales

Time Upward nonlinear trend

Sales

Time

Page 404: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Seasonal Component

� Short-term regular wave-like patterns

� Observed within 1 year

� Often monthly or quarterly

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Sales

Time (Quarterly)

Winter

Spring

Summer

Fall

Winter

Spring

Summer

Fall

Page 405: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Cyclical Component

� Long-term wave-like patterns

� Regularly occur but may vary in length

� Often measured peak to peak or trough to trough

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

trough

Sales

1 Cycle

Year

Page 406: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Irregular Component

� Unpredictable, random, “residual” fluctuations

� Due to random variations of

� Nature

� Accidents or unusual events

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� Accidents or unusual events

� “Noise” in the time series

Page 407: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Does Your Time Series Have A Trend Component?

� A time series plot should help you to answer this question.

Often it helps if you “smooth” the time series

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� Often it helps if you “smooth” the time series data to help answer this question.

� Two popular smoothing methods are moving averages and exponential smoothing.

Page 408: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Smoothing Methods

� Moving Averages

� Calculate moving averages to get an overall impression of the pattern of movement over time

� Averages of consecutive time series values for a

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� Averages of consecutive time series values for a chosen period of length L

� Exponential Smoothing

� A weighted moving average

Page 409: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Moving Averages

� Used for smoothing

� A series of arithmetic means over time

� Result dependent upon choice of L (length of period for computing means)

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

period for computing means)

� Last moving average of length L can be extrapolated one period into future for a short term forecast

� Examples: � For a 5 year moving average, L = 5

� For a 7 year moving average, L = 7

� Etc.

Page 410: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Moving Averages

� Example: Five-year moving average

� First average:

(continued)

5

YYYYYMA(5) 54321 ++++

=

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� Second average:

� etc.

5

5

YYYYYMA(5) 65432 ++++

=

Page 411: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Example: Annual Data

Year Sales

1

2

3

4

23

40

25

27

Annual Sales

50

60

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

etc…

27

32

48

33

37

37

50

40

etc…

0

10

20

30

40

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Year

Sa

les

Page 412: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Calculating Moving Averages

Year Sales

1 23

2 40

3 25

Average Year

5-Year Moving Average

3 29.4

4 34.4

5 33.0

5

543213

++++=

322725402329.4

++++=

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� Each moving average is for a consecutive block of 5 years

3 25

4 27

5 32

6 48

7 33

8 37

9 37

10 50

11 40

5 33.0

6 35.4

7 37.4

8 41.0

9 39.4

… …

5

322725402329.4

++++=

etc…

Page 413: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Annual vs. 5-Year Moving Average

50

60

Annual vs. Moving Average

The 5-year moving average smoothes the data and makes it easier to

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

0

10

20

30

40

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Year

Sa

les

Annual 5-Year Moving Average

makes it easier to see the underlying trend

Page 414: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Exponential Smoothing

� Used for smoothing and short term forecasting (one period into the future)

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� A weighted moving average

� Weights decline exponentially

� Most recent observation is given the highest weight

Page 415: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Exponential Smoothing

� The weight (smoothing coefficient) is W

� Subjectively chosen

� Ranges from 0 to 1

� Smaller W gives more smoothing, larger W gives

(continued)

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Smaller W gives more smoothing, larger W gives less smoothing

� The weight is:

� Close to 0 for smoothing out unwanted cyclical and irregular components

� Close to 1 for forecasting

Page 416: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Exponential Smoothing Model

� Exponential smoothing model

11 YE =

E)W1(WYE −−+=

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

1iii E)W1(WYE −−+=

where:Ei = exponentially smoothed value for period i

Ei-1 = exponentially smoothed value already

computed for period i - 1Yi = observed value in period iW = weight (smoothing coefficient), 0 < W < 1

For i = 2, 3, 4, …

Page 417: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Exponential Smoothing Example

� Suppose we use weight W = 0.2

Time Period

(i)

Sales(Yi)

Forecast from prior

period (Ei-1)

Exponentially Smoothed Value for this period (Ei)

1

2

23

40

--

23

23

(.2)(40)+(.8)(23)=26.4

E1 = Y1

since no prior

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

etc.

40

25

27

32

48

33

37

37

50

etc.

23

26.4

26.12

26.296

27.437

31.549

31.840

32.872

33.697

etc.

(.2)(40)+(.8)(23)=26.4

(.2)(25)+(.8)(26.4)=26.12

(.2)(27)+(.8)(26.12)=26.296

(.2)(32)+(.8)(26.296)=27.437

(.2)(48)+(.8)(27.437)=31.549

(.2)(48)+(.8)(31.549)=31.840

(.2)(33)+(.8)(31.840)=32.872

(.2)(37)+(.8)(32.872)=33.697

(.2)(50)+(.8)(33.697)=36.958

etc.

1ii

i

E)W1(WY

E

−−+

=

prior information exists

Page 418: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Sales vs. Smoothed Sales

� Fluctuations have been smoothed

40

50

60

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� NOTE: the smoothed value in this case is generally a little low, since the trend is upward sloping and the weighting factor is only .2

0

10

20

30

40

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10Time Period

Sa

les

Sales Smoothed

Page 419: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Forecasting Time Period i + 1

� The smoothed value in the current period (i) is used as the forecast value for next period (i + 1) :

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

i1i EY =+

Page 420: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

There Are Three Popular Methods For Trend-Based Forecasting

� Linear Trend Forecasting

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� Nonlinear Trend Forecasting

� Exponential Trend Forecasting

Page 421: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Linear Trend Forecasting

Estimate a trend line using regression analysis

Year

Time Period

(X)Sales

(Y)

� Use time (X) as the independent variable:

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

(X) (Y)

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

0

1

2

3

4

5

20

40

30

50

70

65

XbbY 10 +=

In least squares linear, non-linear, andexponential modeling, time periods arenumbered starting with 0 and increasingby 1 for each time period.

Page 422: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Linear Trend Forecasting

The linear trend forecasting equation is:

Sales trend

Year

Time Period

(X)Sales

(Y)

2004 0 20

ii X 9.571421.905Y +=

(continued)

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

0 1 2 3 4 5 6

Year

sa

les

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

0

1

2

3

4

5

20

40

30

50

70

65

Page 423: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Linear Trend Forecasting

� Forecast for time period 6 (2010):

Year

Time Period

(X)Sales

(y)

2004 0 20

(continued)

Sales trend

79.33

(6) 9.571421.905Y

=

+=

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

20

40

30

50

70

65

??

Sales trend

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

0 1 2 3 4 5 6

Year

sa

les

Page 424: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Nonlinear Trend Forecasting

� A nonlinear regression model can be used when

the time series exhibits a nonlinear trend

� Quadratic form is one type of a nonlinear model:

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� Compare adj. r2 and standard error to that of

linear model to see if this is an improvement

� Can try other functional forms to get best fit

i2i2i10i XXY ε+β+β+β=

Page 425: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Exponential Trend Model

� Another nonlinear trend model:

i

X

10i εββY i=

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� Transform to linear form:

)εlog()log(βX)βlog()log(Y i1i0i ++=

Page 426: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Exponential Trend Model

� Exponential trend forecasting equation:

i10i XbbYlog( +=)ˆ

where b = estimate of log(β )

(continued)

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

where b0 = estimate of log(β0)

b1 = estimate of log(β1)

Interpretation:

%100)1β( 1 ×− is the estimated annual compoundgrowth rate (in %)

Page 427: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Trend Model Selection Using Differences

� Use a linear trend model if the first differences are approximately constant

)YY()YY()Y(Y 1-nn2312 −==−=− L

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� Use a quadratic trend model if the second differences are approximately constant

1-nn2312

)]YY()Y[(Y

)]YY()Y[(Y)]YY()Y[(Y

2-n1-n1-nn

23341223

−−−==

−−−=−−−

L

Page 428: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� Use an exponential trend model if the percentage differences are approximately constant

(continued)

Trend Model Selection Using Differences

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

%100Y

)Y(Y%100

Y

)Y(Y%100

Y

)Y(Y

1-n

1-nn

2

23

1

12 ×−

==×−

=×−

L

Page 429: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Autoregressive Modeling

� Used for forecasting

� Takes advantage of autocorrelation

� 1st order - correlation between consecutive values

2nd order - correlation between values 2 periods

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

ip-ip2-i21-i10i YAYAYAAY δ+++++= L

� 2nd order - correlation between values 2 periods apart

� pth order Autoregressive model:

Random Error

Page 430: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Autoregressive Model: Example

Year Units

The Office Concept Corp. has acquired a number of office units (in thousands of square feet) over the last eight years. Develop the second order Autoregressive model.

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Year Units

02 4

03 304 205 3 06 2 07 2 08 409 6

Page 431: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Autoregressive Model: Example Solution

Year Yi Yi-1 Yi-2

02 4 -- --

03 3 4 --04 2 3 405 3 2 3

� Develop the 2nd order

table

� Use Excel to estimate a

regression model

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

05 3 2 306 2 3 207 2 2 308 4 2 209 6 4 2

Coefficients

Intercept 3.5

X Variable 1 0.8125

X Variable 2 -0.9375

Excel Output

regression model

2i1ii 0.9375Y0.8125Y3.5Y −− −+=

Page 432: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Autoregressive Model Example: Forecasting

Use the second-order equation to forecast number of units for 2010:

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

625.4

)0.9375(4)0.8125(63.5

)0.9375(Y)0.8125(Y3.5Y

0.9375Y0.8125Y3.5Y

200820092010

2i1ii

=

−+=

−+=

−+= −−

Page 433: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Autoregressive Modeling Steps

1.Choose p (note that df = n – 2p – 1)

2.Form a series of “lagged predictor” variables

Yi-1 , Yi-2 , … ,Yi-p

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

3.Use Excel or Minitab to run regression model using all p variables

4.Test significance of Ap

� If null hypothesis rejected, this model is selected

� If null hypothesis not rejected, decrease p by 1 and repeat

Page 434: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Choosing A Forecasting Model

� Perform a residual analysis

� Eliminate a model that shows a pattern or trend

� Measure magnitude of residual error using squared differences and select the model

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

squared differences and select the model with the smallest value

� Measure magnitude of residual error using absolute differences and select the model with the smallest value

� Use simplest model

� Principle of parsimony

Page 435: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Residual Analysis

T T

e e

0 0

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Random errors

Trend not accounted for

Cyclical effects not accounted for

Seasonal effects not accounted for

T T

T T

e e

0 0

Page 436: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Measuring Errors

� Choose the model that gives the smallest measuring errors

� Mean Absolute Deviation (MAD)

� Sum of squared errors (SSE)

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

(MAD)

� Less sensitive to extreme observations

(SSE)

� Sensitive to outliers

∑=

−=n

1i

2ii )Y(YSSE

n

YY

MAD

n

1iii∑

=

=

Page 437: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Principal of Parsimony

� Suppose two or more models provide a good fit for the data

� Select the simplest model

� Simplest model types:

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

� Simplest model types:� Least-squares linear

� Least-squares quadratic

� 1st order autoregressive

� More complex types:� 2nd and 3rd order autoregressive

� Least-squares exponential

Page 438: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

� Time series are often collected monthly or quarterly

� These time series often contain a trend component, a seasonal component, and the irregular component

Forecasting With Seasonal Data

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

irregular component

� Suppose the seasonality is quarterly

� Define three new dummy variables for quarters:

Q1 = 1 if first quarter, 0 otherwise

Q2 = 1 if second quarter, 0 otherwise

Q3 = 1 if third quarter, 0 otherwise

(Quarter 4 is the default if Q1 = Q2 = Q3 = 0)

Page 439: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

فصل دهمفصل دهم

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

موزش نرم افزارموزش نرم افزارا ا

Page 440: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

spssاجراي برنامه اجراي برنامه اجراي برنامه اجراي برنامه

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 441: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

منوي اصليمنوي اصليمنوي اصليمنوي اصلي - - - - 2222

� Spss با انتخاب يك . داراي يك منوي اصلي كه مشتمل بر يك سري دستور قابل اجرا است

ن دستور قابل اجراست.دستور با استفاده از موشواره، ا

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 442: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

File امكان File گزينه طريق از فايلها با كار�

كردن باز جديد، فايل ايجاد .است پذير

ذخيره ها، داده نمايش موجود، فايلهاي

و …و عمليات چاپ فايلها، خروج نهايتا

جمله از ،Exit دستور با spss از

.باشد مي منو اين قابليتهاي

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

.باشد مي منو اين قابليتهاي

Page 443: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Edit

جهت جستجو داده، جايگزيني، �

كپـي كردن داده ها، جا به جايــي

در فايلها از دستورات منوي

Edit استفاده مي شود .

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Edit استفاده مي شود .

Page 444: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

View

جهت حذف يا نمايش ميله ابزار،

خطوط زمينه در ويرايشگر

داده ها، تغيير قلم و عنوان

مقادير از اين منو استفاده

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

مقادير از اين منو استفاده

.مي شود

Page 445: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Data

تعريف جهت شكل مطابق�

نها، مقادير و متغيرها به رفتن ا

تنظيم ،)Case( خاص مورد

وزن و فايلها، تركيب ها، داده

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

وزن و فايلها، تركيب ها، داده

مورد اين از موردها، به دادن

. شود مي استفاده

Page 446: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Transform

متغيرهاي محاسبه و ايجاد براي�

مجدد، گذاري كد جديد،

مقاديرمفقود جايگزيني

)Missing( منو اين از …و

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

)Missing( منو اين از …و

.ميشود استفاده

Page 447: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Analyze

ماري 16گزينه از �15گزينه اين منو تمامي گزارشهاي ا

ماري توصيفي شامل جداول در مورد داده ها از ا

مار استنباطي توصيفي، ميانگين، انحراف معيار تا ا

شامل ضريب همبستگي، رگرسيون چند متغيره، و

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

شامل ضريب همبستگي، رگرسيون چند متغيره، و

. از طريق اين منو قابل اجرا است…

Page 448: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Graphs

منو اين از نمودارها انواع رسم جهت�

اي، ميله نمودارهاي .شود مي استفاده

....و پراكنش اي، دايره خطي، ستوني،

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 449: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Utilities

جستجوي اطqعات درباره �

متغيرها و فايل ها در اين منو

تعريف سري . امكان پذير است

متغيرها نيز در اين منو انجام مي

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

متغيرها نيز در اين منو انجام مي

.شود

Page 450: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Window

براي Windowدستوراتز ا

كوچك كردن پنجره ويرايشگر

.داده ها استفاده مي شود

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 451: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Help

انواع راهنمائيها براي كار در �

قسمتهاي مختلف نرم افزار

Spss از اين منو بدست مي ،

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Spss از اين منو بدست مي ،

يد .ا

Page 452: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

نوار ابزارنوار ابزارنوار ابزارنوار ابزار ----3333

مطابق شكل زير، ميله ابزار شامل دكمه هايــي است كه براي اجراي برخي �نها استفاده مي spssدستورات

جهت سرعت بخشيدن به عمليات از ا

.شود

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 453: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ميله فرمولميله فرمولميله فرمولميله فرمول - - - - 4444

، ميله فرمول spssيكي ديگر از اجزاي پنجره ويرايشگر داده ها در �

است كه در قسمت زيرين ميله ابزار قرار دارد، سطري كه محتويات

در صورت پر بودن سلول، قسمت سمت . سلول فعال را نشان مي دهد

.می دهد راست محتويات سلول را نشان

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 454: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

نوار پيمايش پنجره نوار پيمايش پنجره نوار پيمايش پنجره نوار پيمايش پنجره - - - - 5555

درنوارهاي افقي وعمودي كه در جهت هاي راست وپائين صفحه ويرايشگر

داده ها قرار دارند ، مثلثهاي كوچكي ديده ميشود كه با حركت دادن

نها مي توان داده ها را حركت داد وقسمتهاي مورد نظر را موشواره روي ا

. روي صفحه نمايش مشاهده نمود

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

. روي صفحه نمايش مشاهده نمود

Page 455: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

نوار نمايش داده ها ومتغيرهانوار نمايش داده ها ومتغيرهانوار نمايش داده ها ومتغيرهانوار نمايش داده ها ومتغيرها - - - - 6666

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 456: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

پنجره ويرايشگر داده ها

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 457: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

:استداراي دو كاربرگ SPSSويرايشگر داده ها در . �

نمايشگر اطqعات1.

نمايشگر متغيرها2.

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

نمايشگر متغيرها

Page 458: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ورود داده هاورود داده هاورود داده هاورود داده ها

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 459: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

تعريف متغيرها

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 460: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

تعريف متغيرها

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 461: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

تعريف متغيرها

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 462: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

تعريف متغيرها

در سمت راست سلول دكمه اي ديده کليکبا

با كليك روي اين دكمه كادر . مي شود

. جديدي ديده مي شود

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 463: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

تعريف متغيرها

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 464: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Align

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 465: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

تعريف متغيرها

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 466: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

با . مي شودداده ها نمايانبا كليك روي دكمه كوچك گوشه پائين سمت چپ، صفحه نمايشگر�

: انتخاب اولين سلول، ورود داده ها شروع مي شود

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 467: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

وارد كردن داده هاوارد كردن داده هاوارد كردن داده هاوارد كردن داده ها

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 468: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

. اطqعات فرضي مربوط به متغير جنسيت مطابق شكل وارد شده است , درشكل زير�

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 469: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

:ويرايش داده ها ابعاد مختلف دارد

تغيير و اصqح داده ها 1.

اضافه كردن يك سطر 2.

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

اضافه كردن متغير جديد 3.

) مورد ( حذف سطر 4.

) متغير ( حذف ستون 5.

)find(جستجوی داده 6.

)sort(مرتب سازی داده ها 7.

Page 470: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 471: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

جهت ايجاد متغير جديد مراحل زير را اجرا

: كنيد

دستور Transformـ از منوي 1

Compute راانتخاب و اجرا كنيد .

Compute) ) ) ) محاسبه داده ها محاسبه داده ها محاسبه داده ها محاسبه داده ها ( ( ( (

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

. راانتخاب و اجرا كنيد

Page 472: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 473: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 474: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

شمارش داده ها شمارش داده ها شمارش داده ها شمارش داده ها

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 475: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 476: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

در سمت چپ كادر از . نام متغير جديد را تايپ كنيد Target Variableدر كادر - 3

منتقل Numeric Variablesليست متغيرها ، متغير مورد نظر را انتخاب و به كادر

.كنيد

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 477: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Define گزينه روي - 4 Values شود مي ديده زير شكل . كنيد كليك :

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 478: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

به عنوان . مقداري را كه مي خواهيد شمارش شود را تايپ كنيد Valueدر كادر مقابل گزينه - 5

7مثال عدد

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 479: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

به كادر Addبا كليك روي دكمه 7عدد

Values to Count منتقل شده

مقابل 5است و مقدار بعدي يعني عدد

تايپ شده است Valueگزينه

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 480: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

Add دكمه فشار با و كنيد تايپ ، شود شمارش است قرار كه مقداري هر

.كنيد وارد شمارش كادر در

.كليك كنيد Continueجهت ادامه مراحل روي گزينه -6

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

.كليك كنيد Continueجهت ادامه مراحل روي گزينه -6

. كليك كنيد OKروي گزينه - 7

Page 481: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

با انجام مراحل فوق متغير جديدي به متغيرها اضافه - 8

.شده است

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

متغير جديدي است كه نشان دهنده mزير ستون ,در شكل

. ميباشد 7و 5تعداد پاسخهاي هر پاسخگو به كد

Page 482: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

متغير جديدي است mمتغير ◄كه جهت شمارش تعريف شده

.است

براي 0مطابق شكل ، عدد ◄

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

براي 0مطابق شكل ، عدد ◄نشان دهنده 1پاسخگوي شماره

مي 7و 5عدم انتخاب كدهاي باشد

Page 483: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

جداول توافقيجداول توافقيجداول توافقيجداول توافقي

براي تهيه جداول فراواني دوبعدي از دستور

Crosstabs اين دستور براي . استفاده كنيد

جداول دو بعدي اسمي و رتبه اياسمي و رتبه اياسمي و رتبه اياسمي و رتبه ايداده هاي

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

جداول دو بعدي اسمي و رتبه اياسمي و رتبه اياسمي و رتبه اياسمي و رتبه ايداده هاي

.را ايجادمي كند

Page 484: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

جهت استفاده از گزينه

Crosstabs :

دستور Analyzeاز منوي 1.

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Descriptive Statistics را انتخاب و

.كنيدكليك

Page 485: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

را Crosstabsزير دستور 1.

.انتخاب و اجرا كنيد

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 486: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

جداول توافقيجداول توافقيجداول توافقيجداول توافقي

Crosstabsپس از اجراي گزينه 1.

ديده Crosstabsكادر مكالمه

.مي شود

با انتخاب و كليك كردن روي نام 2.

نها را به كادرهاي Rowsمتغيرها، ا

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

با انتخاب و كليك كردن روي نام

نها را به كادرهاي و Rowsمتغيرها، ا

Columns منتقل نمائيد

Page 487: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

.كليك كنيد OKروي گزينه . 3

در صورتي كه نياز به جداول سه �

بعدي داشته باشيد، متغير

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

مورد نظررا به كادر

Previous منتقل كنيد.

Page 488: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمونهايزمونهايازمونهايازمونهاياt ا

زمون :وجود دارد tسه نوع ا

1 .t اي يك نمونه

2 .t دو گروه مستقل

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

2 .t دو گروه مستقل

3 .t زوجي يا دو گروه وابسته

Page 489: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمون زمون ازمون ازمون ايك نمونه اي يك نمونه اي يك نمونه اي يك نمونه اي tا

زمون به اين سؤال پاسخ مي دهد كه ميانگين مشاهده شده �اين ا

اين . در مقايسه با مقدار واقعي تفاوت معناداري دارد يا خير

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

اين . در مقايسه با مقدار واقعي تفاوت معناداري دارد يا خير

زمون زمون ساده ترين ا

. مي باشد tا

Page 490: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمون :اي تك نمونه tجهت انجام ا

Compareگزينه Analyzeاز منوي Means را

.كنيد انتخاب وكليك

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

.كنيد انتخاب وكليك

Tدستور دستور دستور دستور Test... Sampl–One راكليك

واجراكنيد

Page 491: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمون زمون ازمون ازمون ايك نمونه اي يك نمونه اي يك نمونه اي يك نمونه اي tا

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 492: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

Test T Sampl–Oneپنجره �

. ديده مي شود

نظر را از ليست متغيرهاي كادر متغير مورد�

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

نظر را از ليست متغيرهاي كادر متغير مورد

Test(سمت چپ به كادر سمت راست

Variables (منتقل كنيد .

Page 493: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

.خروجي ديده مي شود. كليك كنيد OKروي گزينه �

زمون قضاوت کنيد sigبا توجه به سطح معني داري �.درمورد ا

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 494: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمون زمون ازمون ازمون ادو گروه مستقلدو گروه مستقلدو گروه مستقلدو گروه مستقل tا

زمون غير وابسته نيز مي خوانندزمون را ا

در اين نوع . اين نوع ا

ماري مستقل، زمون تفاوت بين ميانگينهاي دو جامعه ا

ا

زمون قرار مي گيرد. مورد ا

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

زمون قرار مي گيرد. مورد ا

Page 495: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

دو نمونه تصادفي از دو جامعه را با هم مقايسه مي كنيم تا

نها را معين كنيم. تفاوت يا عدم تفاوت ميانگينهاي ا

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 496: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمون :مستقل tجهت اجراي ا

.كليك كنيد Analyzeروي منوي . 1

.كليك كنيد Compare Meansروي گزينه . 2

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

.كليك كنيد Compare Meansروي گزينه . 2

Independent Samples Tمطابق شكل روي دستور . 3

tests كليك كنيد

Page 497: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمون زمون ازمون ازمون ادو گروه مستقلدو گروه مستقلدو گروه مستقلدو گروه مستقل tا

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 498: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

– Independentكادر گـفتگوي. 4

Sample T Testمي شودمشاهده .

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 499: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

روي . فهرستي از متغير ها در كادر ديده مي شود

ن را درون كادر متغير وابسته كليك كنيد و ا

منتقل Test Variableمقابل با نام

كنيد

ادامه بحث

ادامه بحث

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

ادامه بحث

Page 500: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

روي متغير مستقل كليك كنيد . 5

ن را به كادر و ا

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Grouping Variable منتقل نمائيد.

Page 501: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

عنوان مثال جنسيت به عنوان به

. متغير مستقل در نظر گرفته شد

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 502: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

Define Groupsروي دكمه

مطابق شكل كادر . كليك كنيد

ديده مي شود، اين كادر مشخص

مي كند كه كدام دو گروه در حال

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

مي كند كه كدام دو گروه در حال

. مقايسه شدن هستند

Page 503: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

در مثال موجود متغير مستقل

جنسيت مي باشد كه .زم است

را به درون كادرهاي 2و1كدهاي

.مشخص وارد كنيد

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

.مشخص وارد كنيد

Page 504: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمون . كليك كنيد OKروي گزينه . 5 . مشاهده مي شود tخروجي ا

مي بينيد شكل در كه همانگونه .كنيد كليك Continue دكمه روي .6است شده وارد پرانتز درون مقادير

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 505: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Sig مقدارمقدارمقدارمقدار بهبهبهبه ،،،، گروهگروهگروهگروه دودودودو واريانسهايواريانسهايواريانسهايواريانسهاي برابري برابري برابري برابري بررسيبررسيبررسيبررسي برايبرايبرايبراي� ا ا ا زمونزمونزمونزمونا

زمون Sig مقدار اگرمي شودمي شودمي شودمي شود توجهتوجهتوجهتوجه لونلونلونلون 05/0 از كمتر لون ا

از بايد حالت دراين .نيستند برابر جامعه دو واريانسهاي باشد،

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

از بايد حالت دراين .نيستند برابر جامعه دو واريانسهاي باشد،

ماره هايكرد استفاده نابرابر واريانسهاي به مربوط ا

Page 506: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمونزمونازمونازمونازوجيزوجيزوجيزوجي tا

زمون، �براي تشخيص . همبسته يا وابسته نيز مي گويند tبه اين ا

زمون استفاده و انجام تفاوت ميانگين دو گروه وابسته، ازاين ا

.مي شود

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

.مي شود

Page 507: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

Compareگزينه Analyzeاز منوي- �1 Means را انتخاب وكليك كنيد

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 508: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمونزمونازمونازموناا t زوجيزوجيزوجيزوجي

:ديده مي شودزير كليك كنيد، پنجره Samples T test Pairedروي . 2

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 509: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

Pairedدو متغير موردنظر را به طور هم زمان انتخاب و به كادر . 3

Variables منتقل كنيد.

خروجي ديده مي شود. كليك كنيد OKروي دكمه . 4

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

خروجي ديده مي شود. كليك كنيد OKروي دكمه . 4

Page 510: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

تحليل واريانستحليل واريانستحليل واريانستحليل واريانس

مقدار . مجذور انحراف اعداد از ميانگين را واريانس مي گويند�

.واريانس نشان دهنده پراكندگي داده ها از ميانگين است

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 511: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Way - - - - Oneتحليل واريانس يك طرفه تحليل واريانس يك طرفه تحليل واريانس يك طرفه تحليل واريانس يك طرفه

ماري روشروشروشروش�ماري اماري اماري ان طيطيطيطي كهكهكهكه ا

نانانا متغيرمتغيرمتغيرمتغير رويرويرويروي مستقلمستقلمستقلمستقل متغيرمتغيرمتغيرمتغير يكيكيكيك تاثيرتاثيرتاثيرتاثير ا

گـفتهگـفتهگـفتهگـفته طرفهطرفهطرفهطرفه يكيكيكيك واريانسواريانسواريانسواريانس تحليلتحليلتحليلتحليل مي شود،مي شود،مي شود،مي شود، بررسيبررسيبررسيبررسي وابستهوابستهوابستهوابسته

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

گـفتهگـفتهگـفتهگـفته طرفهطرفهطرفهطرفه يكيكيكيك واريانسواريانسواريانسواريانس تحليلتحليلتحليلتحليل مي شود،مي شود،مي شود،مي شود، بررسيبررسيبررسيبررسي وابستهوابستهوابستهوابسته

....مي شودمي شودمي شودمي شود

Page 512: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ناليز واريانس يكطرفه :براي محاسبه ا

را Compare means، گزينه Analyzeاز منوي . 1

.كليك كنيد

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

.كليك كنيد

- One، گزينه اسqيد بعدمطابق . 2 Way AN0VA

.را انتخاب كنيد

Page 513: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ناليز واريانس يكطرفها

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 514: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

Oneگزينه اجراي با - Way

ANOVA، ديده مقابل پنجره

:مي شود

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 515: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

متغير هاي مورد نظر را از ليست سمت . �4

چپ به كادر سمت راست

Dependent List منتقل كنيد .

OKو سپس Contintueروي دكمه

خروجي ديده مي شود. كليك كنيد

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

و سپس روي دكمه

خروجي ديده مي شود. كليك كنيد

Page 516: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

كليك Optionsروي گزينه . 5

- :ديده مي شود مقابلشكل . كنيدو سپس Contintueروي دكمه

OK خروجي ديده مي شود . كليك كنيد .

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

OK خروجي ديده مي شود . كليك كنيد .

Page 517: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ناليز واريانس دو طرفهناليز واريانس دو طرفهاناليز واريانس دو طرفهاناليز واريانس دو طرفها- Towا Way Analysis of

Variance((((

درتحليل واريانس دو طرفه، متغير مستقل تغييرات متغير وابسته را درتحليل واريانس دو طرفه، متغير مستقل تغييرات متغير وابسته را درتحليل واريانس دو طرفه، متغير مستقل تغييرات متغير وابسته را درتحليل واريانس دو طرفه، متغير مستقل تغييرات متغير وابسته را �

....تبيين مي كندتبيين مي كندتبيين مي كندتبيين مي كند

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

....تبيين مي كندتبيين مي كندتبيين مي كندتبيين مي كند

Page 518: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

، متغير وابسته را ، متغير وابسته را ، متغير وابسته را ، متغير وابسته را اياياياي هنگامي كه دو متغير مستقل با مقياس اسمي يا رتبههنگامي كه دو متغير مستقل با مقياس اسمي يا رتبههنگامي كه دو متغير مستقل با مقياس اسمي يا رتبههنگامي كه دو متغير مستقل با مقياس اسمي يا رتبه�

ناليز واريانس دو طرفه تبيين نمايند، ازتبيين نمايند، ازتبيين نمايند، ازتبيين نمايند، ازناليز واريانس دو طرفهاناليز واريانس دو طرفهاناليز واريانس دو طرفهاجهت محاسبه روابط متغيرها، استفاده جهت محاسبه روابط متغيرها، استفاده جهت محاسبه روابط متغيرها، استفاده جهت محاسبه روابط متغيرها، استفاده ا

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

ناليز واريانس دو طرفه تبيين نمايند، ازتبيين نمايند، ازتبيين نمايند، ازتبيين نمايند، ازناليز واريانس دو طرفهاناليز واريانس دو طرفهاناليز واريانس دو طرفهاجهت محاسبه روابط متغيرها، استفاده جهت محاسبه روابط متغيرها، استفاده جهت محاسبه روابط متغيرها، استفاده جهت محاسبه روابط متغيرها، استفاده ا

....مي شودمي شودمي شودمي شود

Page 519: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحث، گزينه Analyzeاز منوي - 1

General Linear Model

. كليك كنيد

Univariateمطابق شكل گزينه . 2

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

مطابق شكل گزينه . 2

: انتخاب كنيد

Page 520: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ناليز واريانس دو طرفهناليز واريانس دو طرفهاناليز واريانس دو طرفهاناليز واريانس دو طرفهاا

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 521: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

مطابق شكل متغير وابسته را به كادر . �4

Dependent Variable منتقل

كنيد و متغيرهاي مستقل را به كادر بعدي

.منتقل نماييد

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 522: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

كليك كنيد Modelروي گزينه مدل . 5

:ديده مي شود مقابلشكل

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 523: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

كليك كنيد full factorialروي گزينه . 6

.را فشار دهد continueو دكمه

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 524: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

كليك كنيد plotsروي گزينه . 7

. ديده مي شود مقابلشكل

متغيرهاي مورد نظر را به كادرهاي مقابل

.را كليك كنيد Addمنتقل كنيد و گزينه

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

.را كليك كنيد Addمنتقل كنيد و گزينه

.را فشاردهد continueدكمه

Page 525: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

كليك optionsروي گزينه . 8

ديده مي شود مقابلكنيد شكل

.

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 526: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

كليك كنيد و دكمه Residual plotروي گزينه �

continue را فشار دهد، خروجي ديده مي شود.

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 527: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ضريب همبستگي پيرسونضريب همبستگي پيرسونضريب همبستگي پيرسونضريب همبستگي پيرسون

:جهت محاسبه ضريب همبستگي پيرسون مراحل زير را دنبال كنيد

را انتخاب و كليك Correlate، گزينه Analyzeاز منوي . 1

.نمائيد

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

.نمائيد

:را كليك كنيد Bivariateمطابق شكل، دستور . 2

Page 528: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ضريب همبستگي پيرسونضريب همبستگي پيرسونضريب همبستگي پيرسونضريب همبستگي پيرسون

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 529: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

بعد از اجراي دستور . 3

Bivariate مقابل پنجره

:مشاهده مي شود

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 530: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

متغير هاي مورد نظر را به كادر .4

Variable منتقل كنيد.

Pearsonروي گزينه . 5

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Pearsonروي گزينه . 5

.كليك كنيد

Page 531: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

كليك Optionsروي دكمه . �6

:شکل مقابل ديده مي شود.كنيد

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

:شکل مقابل ديده مي شود.كنيد

Page 532: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

گزينه هاي زير مجموعه . 7

Statistics مت دارqرا ع

)مطابق شكل(.كنيد

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 533: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحثادامه بحث

.را كليك كنيد Continueدكمه . 8

. را كليك كنيد OKدكمه . 9

.خروجي مشاهده مي شود

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

.خروجي مشاهده مي شود

Page 534: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمون زمون ازمون ازمون اMann -Whitney U Testمن ويتني من ويتني من ويتني من ويتني Uا

زمون ناپارامتريك جهت متغيرهايــي با مقياس اسميزمون ناپارامتريك جهت متغيرهايــي با مقياس اسمييك ازمون ناپارامتريك جهت متغيرهايــي با مقياس اسمييك ازمون ناپارامتريك جهت متغيرهايــي با مقياس اسمييك ا ....رتبه اي مي باشدرتبه اي مي باشدرتبه اي مي باشدرتبه اي مي باشد - - - - يك ا

زمونزمونازمونازمونازمون معادلمعادلمعادلمعادل ويتنيويتنيويتنيويتني منمنمنمن ا

زمونازمونازمونا....مي باشدمي باشدمي باشدمي باشد مستقلمستقلمستقلمستقل گروهگروهگروهگروه دودودودو t پارامتريكپارامتريكپارامتريكپارامتريك ا

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

زمونزمونازمونازمونازمون معادلمعادلمعادلمعادل ويتنيويتنيويتنيويتني منمنمنمن ا

زمونازمونازمونا....مي باشدمي باشدمي باشدمي باشد مستقلمستقلمستقلمستقل گروهگروهگروهگروه دودودودو t پارامتريكپارامتريكپارامتريكپارامتريك ا

زمون اين كاربرد حسب بر را گروه دو است قرار كه هنگامي است ا

.كنند مقايسه هم با افراد رتبه

Page 535: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمون :اجرا كنيد Uمراحل زيررا جهت ا

را NonParametric Testگزينه Analyzeاز منوي . 1

.كليك كنيد

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

.كليك كنيد

را انتخاب independent Sample 2مطابق شكل گزينه . 2

.كنيد

Page 536: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمون زمون ازمون ازمون امن ويتنيمن ويتنيمن ويتنيمن ويتنيUا

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 537: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحث

2اجراي انتخاب وپس از . 3

independent Sample

. ديده مي شود مقابلپنجره را Mann Whitney Uگزينه.4

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

را Mann Whitney Uگزينه.4

.عqمت دار كنيد

Page 538: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحث

Defineروي گزينه . 5

Groups كليك كنيد، كادر

و 1كدهاي گروه : ديده مي شود مقابل

. را مقابل كادرهاي هر كدام تايپ كنيد 2

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

. را مقابل كادرهاي هر كدام تايپ كنيد 2

Page 539: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمون زمون ازمون ازمون امن ويتنيمن ويتنيمن ويتنيمن ويتنيUا

براي 2و 1در اينجا متغير جنسيت با توجه به كدگذاري اوليه داراي دو كد

قايان و خانمها مي باشد .ا

خروجي زير . را كليك كنيد OKو سپس Continueدكمه . 7

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

خروجي زير . را كليك كنيد OKو سپس Continueدكمه . 7

.ديده مي شود

Page 540: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمون ويلكاكسون زمون ويلكاكسون ازمون ويلكاكسون ازمون ويلكاكسون اWilcoxon Testا

زمون ناپارامتريك جهت متغيرهايــي با مقياس �ويلكاكسون، ا

زمون، امكان مقايسه قبل و بعد . رتبه اي مي باشداز طريق اين ا

.يك وضعيت تحت تاثير يك متغير امكان پذير است

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

.يك وضعيت تحت تاثير يك متغير امكان پذير است

Page 541: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمون پارامتريك �زمون ويلكاكسون، معادل ا

زمون پارامتريك ا

زمون ويلكاكسون، معادل ا

زمون پارامتريك ا

زمون ويلكاكسون، معادل ا

زمون پارامتريك ا

زمون ويلكاكسون، معادل ا

....زوجي مي باشدزوجي مي باشدزوجي مي باشدزوجي مي باشد tا

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 542: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

: براي اجراي ويلكاكسون

، گزينه Analyzeاز منوي . 1

Nonparametrice Test را

.كليك كنيد

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

.كليك كنيد

2 .- Related Sample 2 را انتخاب

:كنيد

Page 543: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحث

:، كادر ديده مي شود2با اجراي گزينه . 3

متغيرهاي مورد نظر را به صورت جفتي به . 4

. منتقل كنيد Test Pairs Listكادر

انتقال به صورت تك متغيري امكان پذير

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

. منتقل كنيد كادر

انتقال به صورت تك متغيري امكان پذير

.نمي باشد

Page 544: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

.را كليك كنيد Wilcoxonگزينه . 5

.خروجي ديده مي شود. را كليك كنيد OKدكمه . 6

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

.خروجي ديده مي شود. را كليك كنيد OKدكمه . 6

Page 545: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمون كروسكال واليسزمون كروسكال واليسازمون كروسكال واليسازمون كروسكال واليساا

هنگامي كه داده ها در مقياس رتبه اي باشند، جهت مقايسه وضعيت يك �

زمون استفاده مي شودچند گروهچند گروهچند گروهچند گروهمتغير در .، از اين ا

زمون كروسكال واليس�زمون كروسكال واليسازمون كروسكال واليسازمون كروسكال واليسازمونهاي ,,,, ا

زمونهاي معادل تحليل واريانس يك طرفه در ازمونهاي معادل تحليل واريانس يك طرفه در ازمونهاي معادل تحليل واريانس يك طرفه در امعادل تحليل واريانس يك طرفه در ا

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

زمون كروسكال واليس�زمون كروسكال واليسازمون كروسكال واليسازمون كروسكال واليسازمونهاي ,,,, ا

زمونهاي معادل تحليل واريانس يك طرفه در ازمونهاي معادل تحليل واريانس يك طرفه در ازمونهاي معادل تحليل واريانس يك طرفه در امعادل تحليل واريانس يك طرفه در ا

....پارامتريك استپارامتريك استپارامتريك استپارامتريك است

Page 546: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحث

زمون :براي اجراي ا

، گزينه Analyzeاز منوي . 1

NonParametrice Test را

.انتخاب و كليك كنيد

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

.انتخاب و كليك كنيد

K Independentگزينه . 2

Samples راانتخاب كنيد:

Page 547: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحث

Kپس از اجراي گزينه . 3

Independent Samples مقابل پنجره

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

مقابل پنجره

:ديده مي شود

Page 548: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحث

متغير هاي مورد نظر را از كادر سمت چپ . 4

و test Variableبه كادرهاي

Grouping Variable منتقل

.كنيد

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

-Kruskalگزينه . 5

Wallish را مارک دار كنيد.

Page 549: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحث

Defineروي گزينه . 6

Range كليك كنيد .

مقابل . ديده مي شود مقابلكادر

گزينه حداقل و حداكـثر، كدهاي

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

گزينه حداقل و حداكـثر، كدهاي

.مورد استفاده را تايپ كنيد

Page 550: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمون كاي دوزمون كاي دوازمون كاي دوازمون كاي دواا

هنگامي كه داده هايــي با مقياس اسمي وجود دارد، يكي از معمول ترين �

زمون مي باشدزمونها، ا

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 551: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحث

زمون � :براي اجراي اين ا

، Analyzeاز منوي . 1

Descriptive Statisticsگزينه

.را انتخاب و كليك كنيد

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

.را انتخاب و كليك كنيد

Page 552: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحث

را انتخاب و كليك Crosstabدستور . �با اجراي اين دستور شكل ديده . كنيد

:مي شود

متغيرهاي مورد نظر را به كادرهاي . �3Row وColumn )سطر و ستون (

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Row وColumn )سطر و ستون ( .منتقل كنيد

Page 553: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحث

كليك Statisticsروي گزينه . 4

: ديده مي شودمقابل پنجره. كنيد

- Chiروي گزينه . 5 Square

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

.كليك كنيد

Page 554: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحث

. را انتخاب و كليك كنيد OKو سپس Continueگزينه . 6

.خروجي ديده مي شود

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

.خروجي ديده مي شود

Page 555: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمون �يد، يعني به علت عدم X2ا

زمونهاي ناپارامتري به شمار مي ا

از ا

جهت گيري نمي تواند مشخص كند وضعيت كدام جنسيت بهتر است،

.صرفا متفاوت بودن وضعيت با توجه به نوع متغير مشخص مي شود

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

.صرفا متفاوت بودن وضعيت با توجه به نوع متغير مشخص مي شود

Page 556: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمون �زمون كاربرد ازمون كاربرد ازمون كاربرد ايا رابطه بين X2كاربرد ا

يا رابطه بين اين است كه مشخص مي كند ايا رابطه بين اين است كه مشخص مي كند ايا رابطه بين اين است كه مشخص مي كند ااين است كه مشخص مي كند ا

....دو متغير كيفي تصادفي است يا واقعيدو متغير كيفي تصادفي است يا واقعيدو متغير كيفي تصادفي است يا واقعيدو متغير كيفي تصادفي است يا واقعي

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 557: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمون فريدمنزمون فريدمنازمون فريدمنازمون فريدمناا

زمون kهنگامي كه قرار است متغيرهايــي با مقياس رتبه اي در گروه وابسته ا

زمون استفاده شوند، جهت بررسي تفاوت در گروه هاي وابسته از اين ا

.مي شود

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

.مي شود

Page 558: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحث

زمون :جهت استفاده از اين ا

.را انتخاب و كليك كنيد NonParametric Testگزينه Analyzeاز منوي . 1

. را كليك كنيد K Ralated Sampleگزينه . 2

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

. را كليك كنيد گزينه . 2

Page 559: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمون فريدمنزمون فريدمنازمون فريدمنازمون فريدمناا

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 560: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحث

K Ralatedپس از اجراي گزينه . 3

Samplesكادر زير ديده مي شود ،:

متغيرهاي مورد نظر را از كادر سمت چپ به . 4

Test Variableكادر سمت راست

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

كادر سمت راست

.منتقل كنيد

Page 561: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

.را عqمت دار كنيد Friedmanگزينه . 5

خروجي مشاهده. را كليك كنيد OKدكمه . 6

.مي شود

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 562: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمون كوكرانزمون كوكرانازمون كوكرانازمون كوكراناا

زمون �اگر متغيرهاي مورد بررسي داراي مقياس اسمي باشند، جهت ا

زمون كوكران استفاده كرد گروه وابسته مي توان از kتفاوت بين ا

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

زمون كوكران استفاده كرد گروه وابسته مي توان از kتفاوت بين ا

Page 563: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحث

گزينه Analyzeاز منوي . 1

Nonparametric Test را

.انتخاب و كليك كنيد

را K Related Samplesگزينه .2

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

را گزينه .2

:پنجره مشاهده مي شود. اجرا كنيد

Page 564: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحث

متغيرهاي مورد نظر را از كادر سمت . �3

Test Variableچپ به كادر

.منتقل كنيد

را را را را ′′′′Q s Cochran گزينهگزينهگزينهگزينه. �4

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

را را را را گزينهگزينهگزينهگزينه. 4

....عqمت دار كنيدعqمت دار كنيدعqمت دار كنيدعqمت دار كنيد

Page 565: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحث

.را كليك كنيد OKدكمه . �5

.خروجي مشاهده مي شود �

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 566: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمون كوكران متغير �زمون كوكران متغير توجه داشته باشيد براي استفاده از ازمون كوكران متغير توجه داشته باشيد براي استفاده از ازمون كوكران متغير توجه داشته باشيد براي استفاده از اتوجه داشته باشيد براي استفاده از ا

....مورد نظر بايستي دو بعدي باشدمورد نظر بايستي دو بعدي باشدمورد نظر بايستي دو بعدي باشدمورد نظر بايستي دو بعدي باشد

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 567: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمون مك نمار زمون مك نمار ازمون مك نمار ازمون مك نمار اMc.Nemar Testا

زمون مك نمار جهت مقايسه دو وضعيت كاربرد دارد� .ا

ن است كه متغير بايستي كيفي باشد و دو �زمون ا

ن است كه متغير بايستي كيفي باشد و دو شرط استفاده از اين ا

زمون ا

ن است كه متغير بايستي كيفي باشد و دو شرط استفاده از اين ا

زمون ا

ن است كه متغير بايستي كيفي باشد و دو شرط استفاده از اين ا

زمون ا

شرط استفاده از اين ا

اگر متغير دو مقوله اي نباشد، پيغام خطا ديده ....مقوله داشته باشدمقوله داشته باشدمقوله داشته باشدمقوله داشته باشد

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

اگر متغير دو مقوله اي نباشد، پيغام خطا ديده ....مقوله داشته باشدمقوله داشته باشدمقوله داشته باشدمقوله داشته باشد

.مي شود

Page 568: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحث

Nonparametric، گزينه Analyzeاز منوي . �1 Test را كليك كنيد.

:ديده مي شود اسqید بعدپنجره . را اجرا كنيد ...Related Samples-2گزينه . �2

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 569: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

زمون مك نمار زمون مك نمار ازمون مك نمار ازمون مك نمار اMc.Nemar Testا

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

Page 570: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحث

Testجفت متغير مورد نظر را به كادر . �3

Pair List منتقل كنيد.

.را كليك كنيد McNemarگزينه . �4

خروجي ديده . را كليك كنيد OKدكمه . �5

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

خروجي ديده . را كليك كنيد OKدكمه . �5

.مي شود

Page 571: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ضريب همبستگي اسپيرمنضريب همبستگي اسپيرمنضريب همبستگي اسپيرمنضريب همبستگي اسپيرمن

براي محاسبه همبستگي بين دو متغير بر حسب رتبه ها در اين دو �

متغير، به جاي استفاده از ضريب همبستگي پيرسون از ضريب

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

متغير، به جاي استفاده از ضريب همبستگي پيرسون از ضريب

.همبستگي اسپيرمن استفاده مي شود

Page 572: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ادامه بحث

گزينه Analyzeاز منوي . 1

Correlate را انتخاب وكليك كنيد.

کادر .را اجرا كنيد Bivariateدستور . 2

.مقابل ديده ميشود

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

.مقابل ديده ميشود

Page 573: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

ضريب همبستگي اسپيرمنضريب همبستگي اسپيرمنضريب همبستگي اسپيرمنضريب همبستگي اسپيرمن

متغيرهاي مورد نظر را به كادر . �3

Variables منتقل كنيد .

را عqمت دار Spearmanگزينه . �4

. كنيد

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

. كنيد

خروجي . را كليك نمائيد OKدكمه .�5

مشاهده مي شود

Page 574: cld.persiangig.comcld.persiangig.com/dl/8PxB5w/STS AMAR MBA 92.07 (1).pdf · Class Intervals and Class Boundaries If each class grouping has the same width Determine the width of

موفق باشیدموفق باشید

Copyright ©2011 Pearson Education

موفق باشیدموفق باشید